Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1970-1971"

See other formats


Jackson,  Mississippi 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 
1971-1972 


The  Eightieth  Session  Begins 
July,  1971 


FOREWORD 

Experience  indicates  that  those  who  examine  college  catalogs 
are  usually  interested  primarily  in  finding  the  answers  to  the  follow- 
ing questions: 

(1)  What  is  the  general  nature,  type,  and  standing  of  the  college? 

(2)  What  are  the  requirements  for  admission? 

(3)  What  is  the  cost  of  attending  the  college  and  what  opportunities 
are  available  for  earning  part  of  these  expenses? 

(4)  What  subjects  of  study  are  provided  and  what  are  the  require- 
ments for  graduation? 

(5)  What  rules  does  a  student  have  to  follow  while  attending  the 
college? 

(6)  What  other  activities  are  provided  outside  the  classroom? 

In  order  to  make  this  catalog  easier  to  read,  we  have  tried  to 
arrange  it  so  as  to  answer  these  questions  in  logical  order.  The  first 
two  questions,  which  are  of  concern  primarily  to  prospective  stu- 
dents, are  answered  in  Part  I.  The  other  questions  are  covered  suc- 
cessively in  Parts  II-VI,  as  shown  in  the  Table  of  Contents  on  the 
opposite  page.  In  Part  VII  we  have  given  the  necessary  information 
with  regard  to  the  trustees,  officers,  and  faculty,  and  have  listed  the 
names  of  other  staff  personnel. 

This  catalog  is  primarily  a  record  of  the  1970-1971  session  of  the 
College.  The  academic  calendar  of  the  1971-1972  session  will  be  found 
in  the  back. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Foreword      — 2 

Table   of    Contents    3 

PART       I   Information   for   Prospective    Students   5 

A.  History   of    the    College    6 

B.  Millsaps   College  6 

C.  The    Millsaps-Wilson    Library    ..._ 8 

D.  The   Kellogg   Collection  8 

E.  Buildings  and  Grounds  8 

F.  Requirements    for    Admission    9 

G.  How    to    Apply    for   Admission    12 

H.  Counseling    Program    12 

I.  Student  Housing     13 

J.  Dining    Facilities    14 

K.  Student    Medical    Services    14 

L.  The  Boyd   Campbell    Student   Center   14 

PART     II   Financial    Information    15 

A.  Tuition   and  Fees   16 

B.  Financial    Regulations    18 

C.  Scholarships    and   Financial   Aid   19 

D.  Other   Financial    Aid    Opportunities    30 

PART   III   The    Curriculum    31 

A.  Requirements    for    Degrees    32 

B.  Suggested   Degree   Programs    36 

C.  Educational    Certification    Programs    40 

D.  Cooperative    Programs    44 

E.  Special    Programs    46 

F.  Departments   of   Instruction   49 

PART    IV  Administration    of  the   Curriculum 95 

A.  Grades,  Honors,   Class   Standing  - ---   96 

B.  Administrative    Regulations    99 

PART      V   Student    Life    103 

A.  Religious    Activities    104 

B.  Millsaps    Convocation    Series    104 

C.  Athletics    105 

D.  Publications     106 

E.  Music,   Drama   and    Debate   106 

F.  Student    Organizations    107 

G.  Medals   and  Prizes   HO 

PART    VI   Register     113 

A.  The   Board   of  Trustees   - H"* 

B.  Officers    of    Administration    H" 

C.  The   College   Faculty   - H" 

D.  Staff    Personnel    1-3 

E.  Officers   of   the   Alumni    Association   and   Millsaps    Associates   125 

F.  Enrollment    Statistics     - 1-5 

G.  Medals  and   Prizes   Awarded   -- 1-6 

H.    Seventy-Eighth   Commencement   and  Degrees   Conferred   12" 

Index 1^« 

Academic    Calendar    for    1971-1972    --- - 13- 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and 
women  for  responsible  leadership  and  well-romided  lives  of  useful  service 
to  their  fellow  men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as 
a  community  of  learners  where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the 
truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedi- 
cated to  the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is 
an  integral  part  of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges, 
providing  a  sound  academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a 
kind  of  discipline  and  influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can 
offer.  The  College  provides  a  congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all 
faiths  may  study  and  work  together  for  the  development  of  their  physical, 
intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate 
breadth  and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order 
to  broaden  his  perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to 
think  and  act  intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  modem  world.  The 
curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate 
the  humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual 
enrichment. 

The  College  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to 
support  himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modem 
society  is  that  in  too  many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not 
been  accompanied  by  education  for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore, 
professional  and  pre-professional  training  balanced  by  cultural  and  humane 
studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes  the  cultural  and  esthetic  values 
to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature,  philosophy,  and  science, 
the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare 
him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social  work,  and 
business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  atti- 
tude of  continuing  intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased 
inquiry,  without  which  true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to 
indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in 
a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his 
often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities,  and  aspirations  and  to  provide 
opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential  development.  It  seeks  to  broaden 
his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart  toward  the  higher  and  nobler 
attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary  dedication 
to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide  him 
into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  respon- 
sibility to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

— adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Trostees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


•,'f 


:     ■.  (I 


Part  I 

Information  for 
Prospective  Students 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Founded  February  21,  1890,  Millsaps  is  one  of  the  youngest  college: 
supported  by  the  Methodist  Church.  It  was  in  the  late  eighties  that  th« 
Mississippi  Methodist  Conferences  appointed  a  joint  commission  to  formulatf 
plans  for  a  "college  for  males  under  the  auspices  and  control  of  the  Methodis 
Episcopal  Church,  South." 

Among  the  members  of  this  commission  was  Major  Reuben  Webste 
Millsaps,  Jackson  businessman  and  banker,  who  offered  to  give  $50,000  t( 
endow  the  institution,  provided  Methodists  throughout  the  state  matched  thi 
amount. 

Under  the  leadership  of  Bishop  Charles  Betts  Galloway,  the  Methodist 
met  the  challenge  of  Major  Millsaps.  The  charter  for  the  College  was  grantee 
February  21,  1890,  and  the  College  opened  its  doors  in  the  fall  of  1892.  Co 
education  was  instituted  in  the  seventh  session. 

The  growth  of  the  College  through  the  years  has  been  made  possible  b; 
gifts  from  innumerable  benefactors.  Besides  the  generous  gifts  of  Major  Millsaps 
the  College  has  received  large  donations  from  W.  S.  F.  Tatum,  R.  D.  Sanders 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  J.  Wilson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  R.  L.  Ezelle,  the  W.  M.  Bui( 
family,  the  C.  R.  Ridgway  family,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Bacot,  and  Robert  Masoi 
Strieker.  Other  individuals  have  endowed  scholarship  and  loan  funds,  whicl 
are  described  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

First  president  of  the  College  was  William  Belton  Murrah,  who  served  unti 
1910.  Along  with  Bishop  Galloway  and  Major  Millsaps,  Bishop  Murrah  is  com 
monly  thought  of  as  one  of  the  founders  of  the  College. 

Other  presidents  have  been  David  Carlisle  Hull,  M.A.,  (1910-1912);  Alexan 
der  Farrar  Watkins,  D.D.,  (1912-1923);  David  Martin  Key,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1923 
1938);  Marion  Lofton  Smith,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1938-1952);  Homer  Elhs  Fingei 
Jr.,  B.D.,  D.D.,  (1952-1964);  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves,  M.B.A.,  Ph.  D.,  (1964 
1970);  and  Edward  McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  who  was  named  presiden 
in  the  summer  of  1970. 


MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

is  a  church  related  college 

under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Mississippi  and  North  Mississippi  Confer 
ences  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  College  adheres  to  the  viev 
that  one  of  the  fundamental  bases  of  a  church-related  institution  is  Christiai 
in  the  sense  that  knowledge  of  truth  is  part  of  its  work.  Millsaps,  therefore 
is  not  narrow  in  its  outlook. 

is  a  small  college 

with  an  enrollment  of  approximately  1,000  students.  The  close  persona 
relationship  that  exists  among  students,  faculty,  and  administration  at  Millsap; 
is  one  of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  college  experience. 

is  a  co-educational  college 

with  an  enrollment  approximately  equal  between  men  and  women. 

6 


is  a  liberal  arts  college 

with  the  primary  aim  of  training  its  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and 
well-rounded  lives  rather  than  for  narrow  professional  careers.  One  of  the  chief 
curses  of  our  modern  society  is  that  so  many  of  our  people  are  expert  lawyers, 
or  doctors,  or  business  men,  or  brick  layers,  without  at  the  same  time  being 
good  citizens.  Millsaps  attempts  to  remedy  this  situation  by  training  its  students, 
in  whatever  field  of  study  they  may  choose,  to  be  community  leaders  and 
responsible  citizens. 

offers  professional  and  pre-professional  training 

balanced  by  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies.  The  College  recognizes  that 
training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support  himself  adequately  is  an  essential 
part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  Therefore,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  obtain 
the  necessary  courses  to  prepare  him  directly  for  a  business  career  or  for  service 
in  education,  the  ministry,  or  social  work;  he  can  study  music  as  preparation 
for  professional  work  in  the  field,  as  well  as  for  its  esthetic  and  cultural  value; 
and  he  can  obtain  thoroughly  sound  basic  courses  which  will  prepare  him  for 
professional  study  in  medicine,  dentistry,  law,  and  other  fields.  Professional 
leaders  in  all  fields  recognize  that  the  most  valuable  members  of  their  pro- 
fession are  those  who  have  something  more  in  their  background  than  narrow 
technical    study. 

selects  its  students  carefully 

on  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character,  and  in- 
tellectual maturity.  The  primary  consideration  in  acting  on  all  applications  for 
admission  is  the  ability  to  do  college  work  in  a  measure  satisfactory  to  the  Col- 
lege and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

has   a  cosmopolitan   student  body 

representing  a  wide  geographical  area  and  including  persons  of  a'l  races 
and  religious  faiths.  During  a  typical  semester,  approx'mately  thiry  states  and  a 
half-dozen  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  th?  student  body.  In  terms  of 
religious  affiliation,  the  students  come  from  some  twenty-five  different  de- 
nominations. 

is  ideally  located 

in  the  capital  city  of  the  state.  Many  educational  advantages  may  be  found 
in  Jackson  in  addition  to  the  courses  offered  at  the  College.  The  State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History,  the  State  Library,  the  Library  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public  Library  provide  research  facilities 
found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  The  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra,  Jackson 
Little  Theatre,  the  New  Stage  Theatre,  The  Jackson  Opera  Guild,  Inc.,  and 
numerous  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting  events  staged  at  the  City  Auditorium 
and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum  add  materially  to  the  cultural  advantages  available. 

is  fully  accredited 

by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  and  approved  by  the 
American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University  Senate  of  the 
United  Methodist  Chirch.  Millsaps  College  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of 
Education   of  ih;'    United    Methodist   Chur.h   as   one   of   its   stronyest    institutions. 


THE  MILLSAPS-WILSON  LIBRARY 

The  Library  of  Millsaps  College  currently  contains  over  80,000  volumes 
and  approximately  700  periodical  subscriptions. 

The  library  was  begun  in  1905  on  a  grant  of  Andrew  Carnegie  and  an 
endowment  of  Major  Millsaps.  In  1925  the  Carnegie  Corporation  provided  the 
funds  for  a  new  building  which  was  redecorated  in  1944. 

An  enlarged  and  remodeled  building  was  dedicated  in  September,  1955, 
a  result  of  the  Million  for  Millsaps  Campaign  and  the  generosity  of  the  H.  J. 
Wilson  family,  and  in  1971  the  library  was  further  expanded  as  a  part  of  a  new 
Academic  Complex.  The  library  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms, 
browsing  and  lounge  areas  and  audiovisual  materials  in  addition  to  research 
materials. 

Special  collections  in  the  library  include  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of 
books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  art  objects  and  correspondence  relating  to  the 
theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Archives,  administered  by  Dr. 
J.  B.  Cain;  a  small  rare  book  collection;  and  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile 
books. 

The  library  hours  are  as  follows:  Monday  through  Friday,  7:45  a.m.  to 
10:00  p.m.;  Saturday,  9:00  to  5:00  p.m.;  Sunday,  2:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m.  The 
library  maintains   limited  service   during   school   vacations. 

THE  KELLOGG  COLLECTION 

In  1962  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  of  Battle  Creek,  Michigan,  made  a 
generous  grant  of  $10,000  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  quality  of  the  teacher 
preparation  program  at  Millsaps  College  through  fnincial  assistance  toward  the 
acquisition  of  books  and  other  library  materials.  These  funds  have  enabled  the 
College  to  assemble  a  special  collection  of  materials  which  are  housed  in  a 
separate  collection  in  the  main  library  for  use  in  conjunction  with  classes  and 
seminars  in  the  Department  of  Education.  They  are  also  available  for  general 
use  by  interested  members  of  the  student  body  and  staff.  The  Kellogg  Collection 
provides  a  unique  opportunity  for  the  use  of  elementary  and  secondary  school 
literature  and  materials  in  regular  classroom  situations. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 

The  campus,  covering  nearly  100  acres  in  the  center  of  a  beautiful  residential 
section  and  on  one  of  the  highest  points  in  the  city,  is  valued  at  approximately 
eight  million  dollars. 

The  administration  building,  Murrah  Hall,  was  erected  in  1914;  the  Sul- 
livan-Harrell  Science  Hall  in  1928;  and  the  Buie  Memorial  Gymnasium  in 
1936.  The  James  Observatory  provides  excellent  facilities  for  students  of 
astronomy  and  is  also  made  available  on  frequent  occasions  to  the  citizens  of 
Jackson  and  surrounding  areas.  Recent  grants  and  gifts  have  made  possible 
the  addition  of  completely  modern  equipment  for  the  science  laboratories. 

The  Christian  Center  Building  was  completed  in  1950.  It  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  gifts  of  Mississippi  Methodists,  alumni,  and  friends  of  the  College. 
This  building  has  an  auditorium  seating  more  than  1000  persons,  a  small 
chapel,  classrooms,  and  offices.  In  1967  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern 
theatre  stage.  Seminar  rooms  and  faculty  offices  were  added.  The  whole 
building  was   air-conditioned. 


In  1955  the  Carnegie-Millsaps  Library  was  modernized  and  enlarged  to 
three  times  its  former  size.  It  was  the  first  building  to  be  constructed  with 
the  Million-for-Millsaps  funds  and  has  been  renamed  the  Millsaps-Wilson 
Library. 

A  building  completed  in  1957,  also  financed  from  the  Million-for-Millsaps 
funds,  is  the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  This  building  houses  the  offices 
of  the  Dean  of  Students,  the  Dean  of  Women,  the  Dean  of  Men,  the  Director 
of  Religious  Life,  the  food  services,  the  bookstore,  the  post  office,  the  student 
activity  quarters,  and  recreation  area. 

There  are  air-conditioned  dormitories  for  both  men  and  women  students. 
A  dormitory  for  women,  Becky  Bacot  Hall,  and  one  for  men  were  opened  in 
the  fall  of  1966.  Fae  Franklin  for  women  and  Ezelle  for  men  were  opened 
in  1958.  These  buildings  are  modem  and  convenient.  Whitworth  and  Sanders 
Halls  also  house  women  students. 

The  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  was  completely  renovated,  expanded, 
and  modernized  in  1963,  creating  the  Millsaps  College  Science  Center.  The 
furnishings  and  new  equipment  were  designated  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Joseph 
Bailey  Price.  A  part  of  the  funds  from  the  Seventy-fifth  Anniversary  Develop- 
ment Program  was  used  in  this  renovation. 

The  Academic  Complex  was  completed  in  the  spring  of  1971.  The  three- 
story  building  almost  doubles  the  area  available  to  the  Library.  It  also  houses  a 
small  auditorium  in  which  is  located  a  Mohler  Organ.  This  building  also  houses 
the  Music  Department,  the  skylit  art  studios,  the  Business  and  Economics  De- 
partment, the  Political  Science  Department,  a  computer  room,  classrooms  of 
varying  sizes  and  composition,  a  listening  laboratory  and  a  music  laboratory. 

The  campus  contains  fields  for  football  and  baseball,  a  track,  tennis  courts, 
and  a  nine-hole  golf  course. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION 

General  Requirements 

Millsaps  College  will  accept  as  members  of  its  student  body  young  men 
and  women  of  all  races  and  religious  faiths  who  are  well  qualified  to  benefit 
from  the  kind  of  academic  program  offered  by  the  College.  Applicants  for 
admission  must  furnish  evidence  of: 

1.  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Admission  to  Freshman  Standing 

Application  for  admission  to  freshman  standing  may  be  made  according  to 
either  of  the  following  plans: 

1.    By  Certificate. 

Graduates  of  an  accredited  high  school  or  secondary  school  may  be  ad- 
mitted to  freshman  standing  on  presentation  of  a  transcript  signed  by  the 
proper  authorities  of  that  school,  showing  the  kind  and  amount  of  scholastic 
work  done,  provided  that: 


(a)  The  student's  record  shows  the  satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  sixteen 
acceptable  units  of  secondary  school  work. 

(b)  One-half  of  the  units  of  secondary  school  work  accepted  for  entrance 
must  be  in  English,  mathematics,  and  social  studies  or  foreign  language. 
These  units  should  normally  include  four  units  of  English,  two  units  of 
mathematics,  and  at  least  two  units  of  history,  other  social  studies,  or 
foreign   language. 

(c)  Not  more  than  four  vocational  units  may  be  included  in  those  required 
for  entrance. 

(d)  Students  applying  for  admission  are  required  to  submit  the  results  of 
either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

2.    By  Examination. 

Students  who  have  not  regularly  prepared  for  college  in  a  recognized 
secondary  school  may  apply  for  admission  by  making  a  complete  state- 
ment regarding  qualifications  and  training.  Such  students  may  be  regular- 
ly admitted  if  they  qualify  in  a  battery  of  achievement  examinations  given 
at  the  College  under  the  direction  of  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 
These  examinations  are  given  on  the  scholastic  work  covered  by  the  list 
of  secondary  units  approved  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary   Schools. 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board  certificates  or  the  high  school 
level  General  Educational  Development  Test  may  be  accepted  in  place 
of  high  school  certificates  or  examination  by  Millsaps  College. 


Admission  To  Advanced  Standing 

1.  Millsaps  College  normally  allows  full  credit  to  transfer  students  on  work 
taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some  courses  which  are  not  regarded 
as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum,  however,  may  not  be  credited  to- 
ward a  degree. 

2.  Students  with  good  records  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be  admitted 
on  probation,  and  the  work  done  at  such  institutions  will  be  validated  if  the 
student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  the  first  year  at  Millsaps. 

3.  A  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  allowed  from  a  junior 
college. 

4.  Full  credit  is  allowed  for  all  jimior  college  academic  courses  of  freshman  and 
sophomore  level  and  full  elective  credit  allowed  for  other  courses,  with  the 
proviso  that  junior  college  transfers  may  be  called  upon  to  do  extra  work 
necessary  to  fulfill  the  requirements  at  Millsaps  for  majors,  for  pre-profes- 
sional  work,  and  for  professional  teaching  licenses. 

5.  After  earning  64  semester  hours  of  credit  at  a  senior  or  junior  college,  a  stu- 
dent will  not  be  granted  any  additional  credit  toward  a  degree  at  Millsaps 
for  work  done  at  a  jimior  college. 

10 


6.  Grades  and  quality  points  made  by  students  at  other  institutions  will  be  re- 
corded on  their  records  at  Millsaps,  but  transfer  students  will  be  required  to 
include  in  the  240  quality  points  required  for  graduation  quality  points  earned 
at  Millsaps  at  least  double  the  number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining 
on  their  graduation  requirement  after  the  transfer  credits   are  entered. 

7.  In  the  case  of  students  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  3  but  less 
than  6  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  con- 
cerned is  authorized  to  approve  a  3-hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a 
substitute  for  the  remainder  of  the  reciuired  course. 

8.  Credit  will  not  be  given  for  work  done  by  correspondence. 

Admission  As  Special  Student 

1.  A  special  student  is  one  who  enrolls  for  less  than  12  hours  of  academic  work 
per  semester  or  one  who  has  previously  received  a  baccalaureate  degree. 
Students  in  their  senior  year  taking  all  the  work  required  to  complete  a  degree 
are  not  considered  special  students,  even  though  taking  less  than  12  hours. 

2.  For  admission  as  a  special  student  the  candidate  must  be  at  least  21  years 
of  age  and  must  present  adequate  proof  of  good  character  and  of  maturity 
of  training. 

3.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  whatever  courses  they  desire  without  regard 
to  graduation  requirements,  but  must  in  all  cases  meet  the  prerequisites  for 
the  courses  elected  by  them. 

4.  No  special  student  may  be  recognized  as  a  candidate  for  a  degree  unless  he 
completes  all  entrance  requirements  at  least  one  year  before  the  date  of  gradua- 
tion. No  college  credit  will  be  granted  until  entrance  requirements  are  satis- 
fied. 

5.  Special  students  are  not  permitted  to  represent  the  College  in  intercollegiate 
activities. 

Advanced  Placement 

Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Advanced  Placement  Program  which  is 
administered  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  Advanced  placement 
is  awarded  on  the  basis  of  good  performance  on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Place- 
ment Tests  or,  in  some  cases,  on  placement  tests  given  by  Millsaps  College 
during  freshman  orientation  week.  Grades  of  5  or  4  on  the  CEEB  Advanced 
Placement  Tests  are  accepted  for  advanced  placement. 

A  student  who  has  made  a  score  of  5  or  4  on  one  or  more  CEEB 
Advanced  Placement  Tests  is  automatically  eligible  to  receive  course  credit  as 
well  as  advanced  placement  in  the  appropriate  field  or  fields.  The  amount  of 
credit  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  course  work  waived,  up  to  a  maximum  of 
8  semester  hours  in  any  one  field.  The  student  must  decide  whether  or  not 
to  accept  an  award  of  course  credit  prior  to  registration  for  his  first  semester. 
The  student  is  advised  to  consult  his  assigned  faculty  adviser  or  the  chairman 
of  the  appropriate  department  before  making  his  decision. 

No  grades  or  quality  points  will  be  assigned  to  credit  hours  granted  under 
the  Advanced  Placement  Policy  stated  herein. 

II 


HOW  TO  APPLY  FOR  ADMISSION 

All  persons  not  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding  regular  semester 
must  apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be  accepted  prior  to  registration 
for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the 
date  on  which  he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the 
campus  are  desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  begins  acting  in  December  on 
completed  applications  for  both  the  Spring  and  Fall  semesters. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  the  procedure 
described  below: 

1.  He  should  request  an  Application  for  Admission  from  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions. 

2.  He  should  fill  out  this  application  blank  and  the  housing  form  and  return  them 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions  with  the  $10.00  application  fee.  This  fee  is  not 
refunded  to  a  student  whose  application  is  approved  by  the  Admissions  Com- 
mittee, nor  is  it  credited  to  the  student's  account.  The  fee  is  used  to  defray 
a  portion  of  the  expense  of  processing  the  apphcation  for  admission  or  read- 
mission. 

3.  The  Freshman  applicant  should  have  a  Counselor  and  teachers  forward  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions  the  Personal  Reference  forms,  which  will  be  supplied 
with  the  application  blank. 

4.  He  should  have  his  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  send  an  offi- 
cial transcript  of  his  credits  directly  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  A  sepa- 
rate transcript  is  required  from  every  secondary  school  or  college  attended, 
even  though  credits  previously  earned  are  included  on  the  transcript  from 
the  school  last  attended.  A  student  who  has  already  earned  some  college 
credit,  however,  need  not  have  a  separate  transcript  of  his  high  school 
credits  sent  if  these  are  included  on  his  college  transcript. 

5.  He  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  The  Freshman  applicant  should  take  one  of 
these  tests  as  early  as  possible,  preferably  on  the  earliest  Fall  testing  date. 

If  the  prospective  student  is  in  school  at  the  time  he  applies  for  admis- 
sion, he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  his  credits  up  to  that  time.  If 
he  is  accepted,  a  supplementary  transcript  will  be  required  later  showing  the 
completion  of  his  work. 

STUDENT  SERVICES 
COUNSELING  PROGRAM 

The  fundamental  objective  of  all  counseling  services  is  to  assist  each  student 
to  be  ready  and  able  to  accomplish  maximum  success  in  his  academic  work. 
Consequently,  every  member  of  the  college  community  participates  in  counsel- 
ing, and  specialists  from  the  community  are  used  as  referral  resources  when  the 
nature  of  a  student's  problem  requires  highly  specialized  therapy.  Basically, 
the  divisions  of  the  counseling  program  are  as  follows: 
1.      Pre-Registration  Counseling 

In  order  to  assist  new  and  prospective  students  to  plan  wisely  in  looking 
forward  to  their  college  careers,  the  College  will  provide  counseling  services 
to   any  prospective   student  who  may  desire  to  explore  his  vocational  and 

12 


educational  objectives  before  he  enters  his  classes  in  the  fall  semester.  Stu- 
dents who  have  been  admitted  are  urged  to  take  advantage  of  this  service. 

2.  Orientation 

All  freshmen  are  expected  to  be  on  the  campus  on  August  29,  1971,  to 
participate  in  the  orientation  program.  Transfer  students  are  expected  on 
Monday,  August  30,  1971.  This  program  is  developed  and  executed  coopera- 
tively by  students  and  faculty  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  students  to  be 
adequately  prepared  for  entering  fully  into  the  college  program. 

3.  Faculty  Advisers 

Each  nev^  student  at  Millsaps  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  who 
serves  as  the  adviser  for  that  student  with  respect  to  his  academic  program. 
At  the  time  a  student  chooses  his  major  field  of  study,  his  major  professor 
automatically  becomes  his  faculty  adviser. 

4.  Personal  Counseling 

Particular  attention  is  given  by  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel  to  counseling 
students  on  such  matters  as  vocational  choice,  selection  of  fields  of  study, 
study  skills,  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustment,  and  similar  college  student 
problems. 

5.  Testing 

Each  student  entering  Millsaps  takes  part  in  the  entrance  testing  program, 
which  is  designed  to  provide  information  that  will  assist  persons  who  counsel 
with  him  to  work  effectively  in  helping  him  plan  his  program  and  activities 
at  the  College.  In  addition,  any  student  registered  in  the  College  has  avail- 
able to  him  individual  testing  services  to  assist  him  in  self-analysis  and  plan- 
ning in  terms  of  his  individual  aptitudes,  interests,  and  personality  character- 
istics. 

STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  housing  program  of  the  College  is  coordinated  by  the  Dean  of  Men 
and  the  Dean  of  Women  in  cooperation  with  the  dormitory  housemothers,  coun- 
selors, and  managers.  Men  students  live  in  our  men's  residence  halls  or  in 
fraternity  houses.  Only  active  members  of  a  fraternity  are  permitted  to  live  in 
its  house.  Women  students  live  in  our  women's  residence  halls.  The  regula- 
tions by  which  resident  women  students  are  governed  are  formulated  and  ad- 
ministered by  the  Women's  Student  Government  Association.  All  dormitory 
residents  are  expected  to  maintain  their  rooms  in  a  clean  and  reasonably  neat 
condition. 

All  out-of-town  students  are  required  to  reside  in  college  housing  facilities, 
unless  they  have  received  permission,  in  writing,  through  the  Office  of  Student 
Personnel  to  live  in  off-campus  housing.  Application  forms  for  permission  to 
live  off  campus  are  available  in  the  Student  Personnel  Office.  Out-of-town  stu- 
dents wishing  to  live  off  campus  should  complete  these  forms  and  receive  ap- 
proval in  advance  of  any  move  and  before  incurring  obligations  to  a  prospective 
landlord.  No  out-of-town  student  classified  below  the  junior  level  will  be  given 
permission  to  live  off  campus.  Students  who  desire  to  live  with  relatives  while 
attending  Millsaps  must  secure  permission  in  writing  from  the  Office  of  Student 
Personnel. 

Dormitory  facilities  are  designed  to  house  two  students  in  each  space. 
Students  desiring  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  reservation 
fees   at   the   same   time   and   to   specify   their   desire   to   room   together.    Room 

13 


assignments  are  made  in  the  order  in  which  students'  reservation  fees  or  com- 
pleted apphcations  have  been  received,  whichever  is  later.  Preferences  for  a 
particular  room  will  be  honored  unless  it  has  been  taken  by  someone  whose 
eligibility  for  the  room  entitles  him  to  it. 

After  notification  of  room  assignment,  a  student  must  accept  or  reject  the 
ass'gnment  in  writing  within  two  weeks  of  the  notification.  Room  rent  cannot 
be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun. 

Dormitories  open  for  occupancy  at  2  p.m.  of  the  day  preceding  each  term 
or  semester  and  close  at  4  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  each  term  or  semester.  All 
dormitories  close  at  2  p.m.  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  that  Christmas  and  spring 
holidays  begin  and  re-open  at  2  p.m.  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  day 
that  classes  resume  following  the  holiday  period.  No  students  can  be  housed  in 
the  dormitories  during  the  Christmas  holiday  period. 

DINING  FACILITIES 

The  College  Dining  Hall  and  the  College  Grill  are  located  in  the  Boyd 
Campbell  Student  Center.  These  food  services  are  under  contract  to  a  pro- 
fessional food  service  company  to  assure  the  best  in  food  and  service  at  moderate 
rates.  The  average  cost  per  meal  to  the  student  is  620.  Three  meals  per  day 
purchased  with  cash  will  average  $1.22  per  meal.  The  meals  are  served  in  a 
congenial  social  atmosphere  where  student  groups  are  encouraged  to  use  the 
meal  hour  for  language  practice,  discussion,  and  the  exchange  of  ideas. 

The  College  Grill  is  in  the  same  building  with  the  Dining  Hall.  It  is 
available  to  those  who  wish  a  la  carte  service  and  short  orders.  There  is  a 
complete  soda  fountain  service.  The  Grill  operates  on  a  cash  sales  basis. 

STUDENT  MEDICAL  SERVICES 

The  medical  services  are  designed  to  provide  treatment  and  care  for  students 
with  minor  illnesses,  diagnostic  and  referral  services  and  to  implement  preventive 
and  educational  programs.  The  services  of  the  college  physician  are  available 
through  the  nurse  on  duty  or  one  of  the  housemothers. 

Students  with  minor  illnesses  are  cared  for  on  campus.  More  serious  illnesses 
or  those  requiring  long-term  care  are  referred  to  one  of  the  local  hospitals  or 
to  home  on  a  private  patient  basis.  Each  student  is  urged  to  have  insurance 
for  medical  care,  either  through  a  family  policy  or  by  enrolling  in  the  group 
insurance  made  available  through  the  College. 

New  students  are  required  to  have  their  personal  physicians  complete  and 
mail  in  a  physical  examination  form.  This  form  is  provided  the  student  before 
the  opening  of  the  term  in  which  he  will  enroll.  In  addition,  each  new  student 
is  required  to  have  influenza  immunizations  prior  to  enrollment. 

THE  BOYD  CAMPBELL  STUDENT  CENTER 

The  heart  of  a  small  college  is  the  close  relationship  between  students  and 
faculty.  From  this  relationship  pulses  the  life-blood  of  the  campus  in  the  form 
of  mutual  confidence,  mutual  respect,  and  mutual  concern  for  the  welfare  of 
the  total  membership  of  the  college  community.  The  Boyd  Campbell  Student 
Center  makes  a  unique  contribution  to  the  College  by  serving  as  the  "living  room" 
of  the  campus  where  friends  can  meet  for  relaxation  and  enrichment  through 
interpersonal  contacts;  by  providing  a  center  for  extracurricular  activities;  by 
providing  a  central  location  for  the  cafeteria,  the  grill,  the  post  office,  and  the 
bookstore;  by  serving  as  a  focal  point  for  commuters  and  off-campus  students; 
and  by  providing  a  general  unifying  influence  for  the  entire  campus. 

14 


■,if-':' 


Part  II 


Financial  Information 


TUITION  AND  FEES 

Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a 
tuition  fee  and  certain  general  fees  which  together  cover  approximately  two- 
thirds  of  the  cost  of  his  education.  The  balance  of  these  costs  is  met  by  income 
from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni, 
trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends  who  are  interested  in  the  type  of  education 
the  College  provides.  Thus  each  student  who  is  admitted  is  initially  and  auto- 
matically granted  the  equivalent  of  a  scholarship  equal  to  one-third  the  cost 
of  his  education. 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES 

The  expenses  of  a  student  at  Millsaps  College  will  depend  on  a  variety 
of  factors.  Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are  as  follows: 

Resident  Non-resident 

Tuition  $  500  $500 

General   Fee  205  205 

Room    rent    _._ 150  — 

Meals  225  — 

Total    $1080  $705 

Other  fees  and  charges  are  dependent  on  the  particular  courses  for  which 
the  student  registers,  and  on  special  circumstances  related  to  his  registration.  A 
schedule  of  these  fees  and  charges  is  given  below. 

EXPLANATION  OF  FEES  AND  CHARGES 
INSTRUCTIONAL  FEES  AND  CHARGES 

Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses,  per  semester 

Each  course  (except  351)  $  10.00 

Music  courses,  per  semester  for  private  lessons 

One  lesson  per  week  (1  hour  credit)  _-     50.00 

One  lesson  per  week  (1  hour  credit,  4  in  class)  25.00 

Two  lessons  per  week  (2  or  more  hours  credit)  90.00 

Special  Students  (1  hour  credit)  __ ___ 75.00 

Special  Students   (2  hour  credit)   125.00 

Note:  The  above  fee  includes  use  of  practice  rooms. 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy    .— 10.00 

Biology  (except  491  and  492)  --  10.00 

Biology  401,  402  (2  hours  credit)  7.50 

Biology  401,  402  (1  hour  credit)  5.00 

Chemistry  (all  laboratory  courses)  10.00 

Chemistry  (all  laboratory  courses)   (breakage  fee)  15.00" 

Computer  300  -..- - 20.00 

Geology    10.00 

Geology  401,  402  (2  hours  credit)  7.50 

Geology  401,  402  (1  hour  credit)  5.00 

Mathematics  352   (Analog  Computer)   10.00 

Physics  (except  301,  321-322,  331,  336,  341,  491-492)  10.00 

'unused  portion  refundable  at  end  of  semester. 
16 


Other  Laboratory  Fees 

Modern  Foreign  Language,  each  course  ($10.00  maximum)   $  5.00 

Student  Teaching  (Ed.  431,  432,  453,  454),  each  course  15.00 

Student  Teaching  (Ed.  430,  452),  each  course  22.50 

THE  GENERAL  FEE 

This  is  a  composite  of  a  number  of  particular  fees,  and  is  paid  by  all 
full-time   students.   The   particular  fees   include: 

REGISTRATION  FEE.  This  covers  the  cost  of  the  registration  process  and 
the  maintenance  of  student  records. 

LIBRARY  FEE.  This  fee  goes  toward  the  maintenance  and  strengthening 
of  the  book  and  periodical  collection  in  the  library. 

CONVOCATION  FEE.  This  provides  a  fund  for  use  in  bringing  to  the 
Millsaps  community  and  the  city  of  Jackson  lecturers,  artists,  musical  groups 
and  drama  presentations. 

ACTIVITIES  FEE.  This  fee  is  used  to  support  the  Millsaps  Singers,  the 
Millsaps  Players,  the  Troubadours,  and  the  debate  program.  The  payment  of  this 
fee  entitles  each  full  time  student  to  free  admission  to  the  performances  of 
these  groups. 

STUDENT  ASSOCIATION  FEE.  The  funds  from  this  fee  are  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Student  Senate  for  the  support  of  the  student  government, 
and  of  the  Purple  and  White,  the  Bobashela,  and  Stylus. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FEE.  A  carefully  planned  athletic,  intramural, 
and  physical  education  program  is  maintained  by  the  College.  Each  student 
receives  the  advantages  afforded  by  the  golf  course,  tennis  courts,  gymnasium, 
and  athletic  fields.  In  addition  the  student  is  admitted  to  all  home  varsity 
athletic  contests.  Physical  education  students  are  furnished  with  towel  and  locker 
service.  The  intramural  teams  are  furnished  with  game  equipment  and  game 
officials. 

MISCELLANEOUS  FEES  AND  CHARGES 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE.— A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged  any  full-time 
student  who  registers  after  the  days  designated  in  the  College  catalog.  Payment  of 
semester  expenses  is  considered  a  part  of  registration. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.— A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged  for  each 
change  of  schedule  authorization  processed  for  a  student.  Two  such  fees  in  any 
one  semester  will  be  the  maximum  any  student  will  be  required  to  pay.  Any 
change  of  schedule  initiated  by  the  College  will  have  no  fee  involved. 

GRADUATION  FEE.— This  fee  of  $18.00  covers  the  cost  of  the  diploma, 
the  rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses. 

SPECIAL  STUDENTS. — A  special  student  is  one  who  takes  less  than  tweUe 
semester  hours  of  academic  work  for  college  credit  or  one  who  has  already 
received  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Special  students  pay  the  following  tuition  rates 
plus  any  laboratory  fees  involved. 

Tuition  per  semester  hour: 

1  to  11  semester  hours  inclusive,  per  hour  _... ._.. $47.00 

12  or  more  semester  hours  Full  tuition  and  fees 

17 


Students  taking  only  private  music  lessons  or  private  art  lessons  for  college 
credit  pay  a  registration  fee  of  $10  for  each  course  plus  the  special  fees  for 
the  courses  taken.  If  not  for  co'lege  credit,  they  pay  only  the  special  fee(s). 

A  student  taking  one  course  (credit  or  noncredit)  in  addition  to  private 
music  or  private  arts  lessons  for  credit  will  pay  the  above  $10  fee(s)  and  special 
fee(s)   plus  the  special-student  tuition  and  laboratory  fee   for  the  other  course. 

EXCESS  HOURS. — Students  registering  for  courses  in  excess  of  eighteen 
hours  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student  tuition  for  each  additional 
hour  per  semester. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES.— Courses  are  audited  only  with  approval  of 
the  Dean.  There  will  be  no  charge  to  a  full-time  student  except  laboratory  fee 
for  auditing  any  course.  Special  students  taking  other  courses  may  audit  one 
course  without  charge  except  for  the  payment  of  a  laboratory  fee  that  may  be 
involved.  A  person  not  enrolled  in  any  courses  for  college  credit  will  be  charged 
at  the  hourly  rates  f^r  special  students.  A  student  auditing  the  classroom  work 
of  a  course  and  not  auditing  the  laboratory  work  will  not  be  considered  as 
having  a  laboratory  fee  involved.  A  student  auditing  a  course  in  which  the 
laboratory  work  and  classroom  work  cannot  be  separated  will  be  required  to 
pay  the  laboratory  fee. 

FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 

GUARANTEED  TUITION  PLAN.— Millsaps  observes  ihe  guaranteed  tuition 
and  fee  plan  under  which  a  .student's  tuition  and  fees  will  remain  constant  from 
the  time  he  enters  until  the  class  in  which  he  enters  graduates.  Should  a  student 
elect  to  register  for  an  additional  year,  the  tuition  charges  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  the  extension  of  his  course  work,  will  prevail. 

RESERVATION  FEE. — Each  student  is  expected  to  pay  a  reservation 
fee  of  $25.00.  For  a  student  not  holding  a  dormitory  reservation  this  fee  may 
be  applied  on  tuition.  For  a  student  with  a  dormitory  reservation  this  fee  is 
applied  only  on  dormitory  room  rent.  Available  space  in  a  dormitory  will  be 
reserved  after  this  fee  is  paid.  After  July  1  there  is  no  refund  of  this  fee 
for  change  of  plans. 

PAYMENTS. — All  charges  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
opening  of  the  semester.  No  student  will  be  marked  present  in  his  classes  imtil 
payment  has  been  made  in  the  Business  Office  or  satisfactory  financial  ar- 
rangements have  been  made  with  the  Controller.  In  the  event  financial 
arrangements  are  made  with  the  Controller,  a  service  charge  of  $15.00  will 
be  made  for  the  privilege  of  deferring  payment.  Failure  to  pay  accounts  on  or 
before  the  due  dates  will  debar  the  student  from  class  attendance  until  the 
account  is  settled  in  full. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student 
will  be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  Registrar  is  not  permitted 
to  transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  to  the  College  is  paid. 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  graduate  unless  he  shall  have  settled  with 
the  Business  Office  all  his  indebtedness  to  the  College,  including  library  fines 
and  the  graduation  fee. 

REFUNDS. — Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun. 
Urn:secl    amoun's    paid    'n    advance    for    board    are    refundable.    A    student    who 

18 


withdraws  with  good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses  within  one  week  after  the 
date  of  the  first  meeting  of  classes  on  regular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a 
refund  of  80%  of  tuition  and  fees;  within  two  weeks,  60%;  within  three  weeks, 
40%,  and  within  four  weeks,  20%.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  much  as 
four  weeks,  no  refund  will  be  made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds 
will  be  referred  is  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  is  officially  notified  by  the 
student  of  his  intention  to  withdraw.    (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at 
any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except 
that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any 
charges. 

MEAL  PLAN. — All  students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  housing  are 
required  to  take  the  college  meal  plan  with  the  exception  of  seniors  who  may 
elect  to  pay  cash  for  individual  meals. 

Non-resident  students  are  not  required  to  participate  in  a  meal  plan.  How- 
ever, they  may  use  the  dining  hall  by  paying  the  set  fee  per  meal. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES.— Students  rooming 
in  fraternity  houses  eat  in  the  college  cafeteria.  Rules  regarding  payment  of 
board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  the 
students  rooming  in  fraternity  houses. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES.— Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of 
changing  any  or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 

SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two 
bases:  academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  pertaining  to  these 
matters  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

In  instances  of  financial  need  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on 
information  submitted  to  the  College  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists 
colleges  and  universities  and  other  agencies  in  determining  the  student's  need 
for  financial  assistance.  All  students  seeking  any  form  of  financial  assistance  are 
required  to  submit  a  copy  of  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  to  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient  by 
the  first  of  April.  The  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  may  be  obtained 
from  a  secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service, 
P.  O.  Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540;  P.  O.  Box  881,  Evanston,  Illinois 
B0204;  or  P.  O.  Box  1025,  Berkeley,  California  94704. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 
COMPETITIVE 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are 
designated  as  the  Key  Scholars.  The  scholarships  are  renewable  if  academic 
requirements  are  met.  The  scholarships  were  established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr. 
David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  College  as  teacher  and  President  for  a 
total  of  twenty-four  years. 

19 


The  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  Scholarships  go  to  students  outstanding  in  leader- 
ship and  scholarship  who  have  completed  their  studies  in  junior  college.  The 
scholarships  are  renewable  for  a  second  year  if  the  student's  performance  is 
satisfactory.  The  scholarships  were  established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Alexander 
Farrar  Watkins  who  served  the  College  as  President  from  1912-1923. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  are  given  in  recognition  of  achievement  and 
leadership  potential  as  well  as  academic  ability.  These  awards  are  given 
on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  American  College  Test  scores,  demonstrated 
leadership  potential,  achievement,  character,  and  financial  need.  Sixty  or  seventy 
Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  are  available  each  academic  year.  Some  will 
be  honorary  with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Diamond  Anniversary  Scholar- 
ship recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed  by  the  faculty  to  the  Awards 
Committee. 

The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
in  honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L.  Smith.  The  scholarships 
are  awarded  annually  to  selected  high  school  seniors  who  attend  High  School 
Day.  The  awards  are  made  on  the  basis  of  interviews  conducted  during  High 
School  Day  by  faculty  members.  The  student's  high  school  record,  submitted 
with  the  formal  Application  for  Admission,  are  also  reviewed.  The  Marion  L. 
Smith  High  School  Day  Scholarships  are  one  year,  non-renewable  awards.  They 
range  in  value  up  to  $500  each. 

Millsaps  College  Merit  Scholarships  are  sponsored  by  the  College  through  the 
National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation.  The  recipients  are  selected  on  the 
basis  of  ability  to  benefit  from  a  college  education,  an  important  index  of  which 
is  their  relative  scores  on  scholastic  tests  given  by  the  National  Merit  Scholarship 
Corporation.  Recipients  must  be  Merit  Finalists  who  wish  to  attend  Millsaps 
College  and  are  qualified  to  do  so. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  stu- 
dents who  have  ranked  within  the  upper  fifteen  per  cent  of  their  class. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session  to  the 
member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the 
year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

1.  He  must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  thirty-two  semester 
hours'  work  for  the  year,  and  must  have  made  at  least  "C"  in  each  of  the 
subjects  studied. 

2.  He  must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  President  of  the  College. 


INSTITUTIONAL 

Children  of  Faculty  and  United  Methodist  Ministers  receive  scholarship  aid  from 
the  College.  Those  eligible  are  the  children  of  United  Methodist  ministers 
serving  in  the  conferences  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  and  the  children  of  full-time 
faculty  and  staff  members  of  the  College. 

20 


The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  was  established  during  the  academic 
year  1963-64  to  support  the  Foreign  Student  Program  of  Millsaps  College. 
In  addition  to  financial  support,  the  Foreign  Student  Program  attempts  to 
offer  other  assistance  to  those  foreign  students  who  are  accepted  by  the 
College.  Laboratory  assistantships,  used  textbooks,  etc.,  are  frequently  made 
available  to  the  foreign  students. 

General  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  by  the  College  each  year  for  the  purpose 
of  giving  assistance  to  students  requiring  financial  aid. 

United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  College 
while  they  attend  Millsaps. 


ENDOWED 

The  Daniel  T.  Anderson  Scholarship  in  German  was  established  in  1964  for 
the  purpose  of  encouraging  the  study  of  the  German  language,  literature,  and 
culture.  Mr.  Anderson  is  a  1957  graduate  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by  a  bequest  from 
the  estate  of  Miss  Burlie  Bagley  and  by  gifts  from  members  of  Capitol  Street 
United  Methodist  Church.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  student  who 
is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 

The  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Francis  Stuart  Harmon, 
;m  alimmus  of  the  College  and  a  member  of  a  prominent  Mississippi  family. 
Mr.  Harmon  created  this  fund  in  honor  of  his  maternal  great  grandfather,  Robert 
Bell,  and  in  honor  of  his  great  grandfather's  faithful  slave,  Vincent.  The  fund 
is  to  be  used  for  scholarship  aid  to  students  in  dire  need  and  coming  from 
ileprived  environments. 

rhe  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  has  been  donated  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  J.  F.  Conger,  of  Hernando,  Miss.,  honoring  Mrs.  Conger's  father. 

rhe  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967 
by  Miss  Christine  Brewer  in  memory  of  her  parents,  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer. 
The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  a 
L'hurch-related    vocation. 

rhe  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship  was  created  by  his  son,  Mr.  Ed  C.  Brewer  of 
Clarksdale,  and  is  open  to  any  student  at  Millsaps  College. 

rhe    Dr.    T.    M.    Brownlee    and   Dan   F.   Crumpton,    Sr.,    Scholarship    Fund    was 

?stablished  in  1967  by  Mrs.  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  and  family  to  honor  her 
Father,  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee,  a  Methodist  minister,  and  her  husband,  Dan  F. 
Crumpton,  Sr.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  b>' 
:he  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving  students. 

rhe  A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1964  in  memor>- 
if  A.  Boyd  Campbell,  an  outstanding  citizen  of  the  state  of  Mississippi  and 
^riend  of  Millsaps  College.  This  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  to 
some  worthy  student  or  students  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee. 

21 


The  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships  were  established  by  the  late 
Vlrs.  Mae  Jack  Cheek  in  memory  of  her  husband,  the  late  Dr.  Elbert  Alston 
Cheek,  and  their  son,  the  late  Elbert  Alston  Cheek,  Jr.  The  scholarships  may 
be  renewed  if  the  student  continues  to  qualify. 

The  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  Mrs.  George 
C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  of  Rolling  Fork,  and  her  son,  Mr.  George  C.  Cortright,  Jr.,  as 
a  memorial  to  Mr.  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr. 

The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship  was  established  in  1950  by  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  Countiss.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to  some  student 
chosen  by  the  College.  Dr.  Countiss  graduated  at  Millsaps  in  1902,  was  for 
many  years  a  member  of  its  Board  of  Trustees,  was  a  member  of  the  North 
Mississippi  Conference,  and  was  for  twenty-four  years  President  of  Grenada 
College. 

The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr.  Charles  W. 
Crisler  in  memory  of  his  wife.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship 
to  some  student  chosen  by  the  College.  Dr.  Crisler  was  a  Methodist  minister 
and  a  member  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  for  more  than  fifty  years. 

The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship  was  made  possible  by  a  bequest  from 
Mrs.  Fitzhugh.  Earnings  from  the  fund  will  go  into  scholarships  for  deserving 
students  at  Millsaps  College. 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1964  in 
honor  of  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin,  who  retired  as  Bishop  of  the  Jackson  Area 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church  in  that  same  year.  This  fund  was  endowed 
by  his  many  friends  and  co-workers  of  the  North  Mississippi  Annual  Conference. 
Preference  is  to  be  given  to  a  pre-theological  student  or  to  some  student 
preparing  for  a  full-time  church  vocation. 

The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship  was  created  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  worthy 
students  who  need  financial  assistance.  The  income  from  the  fund  is  given  each 
year  to  a  student  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  N.  J,  Golding  Scholarship  Fund  was  establised  in  1966  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
N.  J.  Golding,  Jr.,  in  honor  of  Dr.  N.  J.  Golding,  who  for  30  years  was  Secretary 
of  the  Millsaps  College  Board  of  Trustees  and  whose  service  to  the  Methodist 
Church  in  Mississippi  extended  over  a  period  of  a  half  century.  The  income 
from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under 
certain  circumstances  to  a  chemistry  major. 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship  was  created  by  her  husband,  Wharton 
Green,  of  the  Class  of  1898,  and  their  three  children,  Margaret  G.  Runyon, 
Clarissa  G.  Coddington,  and  Wharton  Green,  Jr. 

The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  Green  on  the  50th 
anniversary  of  his  graduation.  The  income  from  this  fund  will  be  given  annually 
to  students  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty.  Mr.  Green  was 
a  consulting  engineer  in  New  York  for  many  years. 

The  Clyde  W.  Hall  Scholarship  was  established  in  1953  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clyde 
W.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
awarded  annually  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving  students. 

22 


The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi.  The  recipient  is  to  be  chosen 
by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  James  Hand,  Sr.,  Scholarship  has  been  created  by  James  Hand,  Jr.,  of 
Rolling  Fork,   Mississippi,   honoring  his  father. 

The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Hardin  and  Reid-McGee  &  Company  in  memory  of  James 
E.  Hardin,  the  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hardin  and  a  prominent  attorney  in  the  city 
of  Jackson.  Income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  in  the  form  of 
a  scholarship  to  a  pre-law  student  at  Millsaps.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the 
Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  C.  J.  Henry  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mrs.  C.  J.  Henry  of  Jackson, 
Mississippi,  in  1963.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the 
faculty. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by  Mrs.  John 
Paul  Henry  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Interest  from  this  fund  will  go  as 
a  scholarship  each  year  to  some  deserving  student  selected  by  the  Awards 
Committee  of  the  faculty.  Preference  as  to  a  recipient  shall  be  given  to  a 
student  preparing   for   the  ministry   in   the   United    Methodist   Church. 

The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship  was  established  in  December,  1954,  by 
an  ananymous  donor  to  honor  the  late  Alvin  Jon  King,  the  director  of  the 
Millsaps  Singers  from  1934-1956.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  each  year 
to  one  or  more  students  in  music  or  music  activities  of  the  College.  The  recipient 
is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by 
bequest  of  Mrs.  Lawrence.  The  fund  provides  loans  and  grants  to  worthy  students 
in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1959 
by  the  will  of  the  late  Miss  Daisy  Lester  as  a  memorial  to  her  parents.  Re- 
cipients of  awards  from  this  fund  must  be  residents  of  Mississippi  and  must  give 
evidence  of  need  for  financial  assistance  to  pursue  a  college  education. 

The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by  the 
Reverend  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Long  in  memory  of  their  daughter,  Susan  Long,  a 
1966  graduate  of  Millsaps  College.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded 
each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  deserving  students. 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1965,  as 
a  memorial  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  E.  McGehee.  Funds  for  the  scholarship  consist 
of  income  from  stocks  given  to  Millsaps  by  Mrs.  McGehee  during  her  lifetime. 
Interest  from  the  funds  will  go  to  a  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Lida  EUsberry  Malone  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by  Dr.  and 
Mrs.  W.  E.  Calhoun  of  Moss  Point,  Mississippi,  in  honor  of  their  aunt.  Miss 
Lida  EUsberry  Malone  of  Pensacola,  Florida.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded 
annually  to  a  student  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

23 


The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship  was  created  by  Mrs.  Mars  and  her 
three  sons,  Norman,  Henry,  and  Lewis  of  Philadelphia,  Mississippi,  and  daughter, 
Mrs.  D.  W.  Bridges  of  Athens,  Georgia.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  to 
be   given   to   ministerial   students. 

The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Robert  O.  May  of  Greenville.  The  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to  provide 
financial  assistance  to  worthy  students  at  Millsaps. 

The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1966  during  the  lifetime  of  Mr.  Arthur  C.  Miller  by  the  firm  of  Michael  Baker, 
Jr.,  Inc.,  as  an  honor  to  him  and  now  it  serves  as  a  memorial  to  him.  The 
income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee 
of  the  faculty  to  a  pre-engineering  student. 

The  Millsaps  Ministerial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1950  by  the  Millsaps 
Club  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  income 
is  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  a  ministerial 
student  or  students. 

The  Mitchell  Scholarship  was  established  in  1951  by  the  late  Benjamin  Ernest 
Mitchell  as  a  memorial  to  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Scott  Mitchell.  Upon  Dr.  Mitchell's 
death  in  1934,  the  scholarship  has  been  redesignated,  at  the  request  of  his 
daughters,  as  a  memorial  to  their  parents. 

The  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  friends 
of  Mr.  Newell,  a  1933  graduate  of  the  College.  While  a  student  at  Millsaps, 
Mr.  Newell  was  prominent  in  school  affairs  and  served  as  editor  of  the  Purple 
and  White.  At  the  time  of  his  accidental  death  in  1953,  the  prominent  young 
business  executive  was  on  official  business  in  his  office  as  National  President 
of  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  Fraternity. 

The  Bishop  Edward  H.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1965 
in  honor  of  Bishop  Pendergrass,  the  presiding  United  Methodist  Bishop  of  the 
Jackson  area.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  Mr.  C.  R.  Ridgway  of  Jackson,  Mis- 
sissippi. Interest  from  this  fund  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to  some  deserving 
Millsaps  ministerial  student. 

The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship  was  established  in  1961,  in  memory 
of  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Priddy.  Known  as  the  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Woman's 
Christian  Workers  Fund,  yearly  awards  are  applied  toward  tuition  of  a 
young  woman  who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service.  The  scholarship 
is  awarded  each  semester.  The  principal  includes  Mrs.  Priddy 's  insurance  and  gifts 
from  many  friends. 

The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  was  created  by  Professor  Ricketts'  two  sons  and 
named  for  their  father,  a  long-time  member  of  the  Millsaps  faculty. 

The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  was  made  possible  by  the 
bequest  of  Mrs.  Meddie  R.  Cox,  who  during  her  lifetime  provided  financial 
assistance  for  many  Millsaps  students.  At  her  request  the  scholarship  is  in 
memory  of  her  parents. 

24 


The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1968  by  the 
membership  of  the  Central  United  Methodist  Church  of  Meridian  in  honor  of 
Dr.  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  who  was  a  prominent  physician  in  the  city  of  Meridian. 
Interest  from  this  fund  will  fio  as  a  scholarship  each  year  to  some  desen'injr 
ministerial    student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1968  by  Mr.  Richard 
O.  Rush  to  help  .students  attending  Millsaps  College. 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  b>' 
Mrs.  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  Mr.  Frank  T.  Scott,  and  other  members  of  the 
family,  in  memory  of  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III.  The  income  from  this  fund 
is  to  be  awarded  each  year  by  the  faculty  Awards  Committee  to  deserving 
students. 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  George  W.  Scott, 
Jr.,  of  Corinth,  in  memory  of  her  husband.  The  scholarship  provided  for  by  the 
interest  from  this  fund  will  be  awarded  to  a  ministerial  student  selected  by  the 
College. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1966  in  honor  of  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  of  Forest,  Mississippi. 
Income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  used  for  scholarships  with  preference  given  to 
ministerial  stvidents. 

The  Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship  was  established  in  the  fall  of  1955  by 
Mrs.  A.  B.  Shelton  of  Lambert,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial  to  her  late  husband. 
The  income  from  this  fund  will  be  awarded  each  year  to  some  worthy  student 
or  students  selected  by  the  College. 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1964  by  Mr.  Austin  L.  Shipman  in  memory  of  his  father,  who  was  a  dedicated 
minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  over  fifty  years.  The  recipient  is  to  be 
a  senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Foundation. 

The  Willie  E.  Smith  Scholar.ship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Willie  E.  Smith  in  1951. 
Interest  from  the  fimd  will  go  to  some  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The  Hattiesburg  District  Of 
The  United  Methodist  Church  was  established  in  1966  by  the  membership  of  the 
Methodist  churches  in  the  Hattiesburg  District  in  honor  of  Dr.  Benjamin  M. 
Stevens  for  leadership  for  twenty-si.x  years  as  District  Lay  Leader  and  Lay  Leader 
in  the  Mississippi  Annual  Conference.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  a  needy  student 
of  the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to   a  ministerial  student. 

The  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by 
Edward  Stewart  and  friends  in  memory  of  his  father,  E.  B.  Stewart.  Income 
from  this  fund  is  given  each  year  to  one  or  more  students  interested  in  the  study 
and  development  of  human  relaticms. 

The  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by 
Dr.  R.  Mason  Strieker.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each  year 
by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty  to  worthy  students  in  their  pursuit 
of  an  education. 


The  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Mike  P.  Sturdi- 
vant  in  1965.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  to  a  worthy  student  selected  by 
the  College. 

The  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  Dr.  T.  J. 
Sullivan  and  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan,  for  forty-five  years 
professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to 
ministerial  students.  Mr.  C.  C.  Sullivan,  son  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan,  established 
the  scholarship  fund  and  is  serx'ing  as  a  trustee  of  the  scholarship. 

The  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  was  established  by  gifts  secured  by  the  late 
Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan.  It  has  been  increa.sed  with  other  gifts  since  the  death  of  Dr. 
Sullivan  and  has  now  become  the  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  in  memory  of 
Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan.  The  scholarship  was  established  to  encourage  students 
majoring  in  geology  to  go  into  the  field  of  geology  teaching.  The  recipient  of 
this  scholarship  is  to  be  a  junior  or  a  senior  of  Christian  character  and  am- 
bitious purpose;  under  the  tenns  of  the  scholarship,  the  student  selected  may 
do  a  year  of  graduate  work  in  geology.  The  Head  of  the  Geology  Department, 
the  Dean,  and  the  President  of  the  College  make  up  the  committee  to  select 
the  student  who  will  receive  the  scholarship. 

The  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  grandparents 
and  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Monroe  Wallace,  Sr.,  and  Jr.,  of  Como, 
Mississippi,  in  memory  of  the  little  boy,  who  died  when  he  was  about  five 
>ears  old.  Interest  from  the  fvmd  will  go  as  a  scholarship  to  some  deserving 
Millsaps  ministerial  student. 

The  W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship  was  created  to  help  worthy  students  with  their 
college  expenses.  The  income  from  the  fund  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student 
selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr.  Milton  C.  White 
during  his  lifetime.  Since  his  death,  the  funds  have  been  augmented  by  numerous 
friends.  The  recipient  each  year  is  to  be  a  major  in  the  Department  of  English. 

The  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1959  by  Mrs. 
Robert  Price  (nee  Jessie  Vickers)  and  Miss  Eleanor  Vickers  as  a  memorial  to 
their  father,  the  Reverend  Dennis  E.  Vickers.  In  the  awarding  of  the  scholarship 
preference  is  given   to   students  preparing  for  a   full-time   church   vocation. 

SPONSORED 

Fraternity  Scholarship  Award — The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial  Founda- 
tion Scholarship  Award  of  $300.00  is  given  in  memory  of  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr., 
a  Millsaps  graduate,  who  was  National  President  of  the  Pi  Kappa  Alpha 
Fraternity.  This  scholarship  award  is  to  be  given  to  a  worthy  fraternity  sophomore 
who  is  judged  to  have  Christian  character,  leadership  qualities,  and  financial 
need.  This  award  is  granted  through  Millsaps  College  in  appreciation  of  its 
contribution  to  the  fraternity  life  of  the  nation.  The  recipient  of  the  award  will 
be  selected  by  the  faculty  Awards   Committee. 

The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarship  is  supported  by  several  Church 
School  Classes  of  Galloway  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church.  Recipients  of 
these  scholarships  are  selected  by  the  Awards  Committee  ol  the  faculty. 

26 


The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  in  honor  of  Mrs. 
Nellie  Hederi  by  her  friends.  Mrs.  Hederi  has  been  teaching  at  Millsaps  since 
1952. 

The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1963  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Frederick  T.  Hoff  of  Gulfport,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of  their  son,  Albert  Joseph 
Thomas  Hoff.  The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Albert  L.  and  Florence  O.  Hopkins  Scholarship  was  established  in  1949  by 
Mr.  Albert  Lafayette  Hopkins  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Hopkins  was  bom  in  Hickory, 
Mississippi,  and  entered  Millsaps  College  in  1900.  The  recipient  of  the  scholar- 
ship is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1967  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  a  worthy  student  preparing  for  a  vocation  in 
Christian  education.  Funds  for  this  scholarship  are  derived  from  the  profits  of  the 
Christmas  Basketball  Tournament  sponsored  by  the  Association. 

The  Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  Jackson  Civitan 
Club  and  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  junior  student  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
standing  and  financial  need. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  John  and  Louise 
Kimball  of  New  York  City.  Funds  from  this  scholarship  are  to  be  awarded  to 
students  on  the  basis  of  ability  or  need  or  both. 

The  Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Company  Scholarship  is  given  each  year  by  the 
Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Company  to  a  deserving  student.  The  recipient  is 
chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by  the  Greater 
Mississippi  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Meridian,  Mississippi.  Preference  shall 
be  given  to  students  majoring  in  business  or  some  related  field.  Selection  of 
recipient  to  be  made  by  the  Administration  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  McCarty  Enterprises  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  F. 
McCarty,  Jr.  of  Magee,  Mississippi,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  some  worthy 
student  who  needs  financial  assistance.  The  recipient  will  be  selected  by  the 
Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 

Mississippi  Chi  Omega  Alumnae  Scholarship  was  established  in  1966  by  the 
Jackson  Chi  Omega  Alumnae  Association  with  the  cooperation  of  Chi  Omega 
alumnae  and  actives  throughout  the  state  of  Mississippi.  It  is  to  be  awarded  on 
the  basis  of  academic  excellence  and  financial  need  to  a  woman  student  entering 
her  junior  or  senior  year  in  the  field  of  social  studies.  The  selection  of  the 
recipient  is  to  be  made  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Mississippi  Petroleum  Scientists  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student  majoring 
in  Geology.  The  fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the  Petroleum  Scientists  of 
Mississippi. 

The  Panhellic  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Panhellenic  Council  of  Millsaps 
College.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  woman  student  who  is  a  member 
of  one  of  the  Greek  organizations. 

27 


The  Teacher  Education  Scholarship  was  established  in  1957  by  the  Jackson 
Council  of  Parent-Teacher  Associations.  The  purpose  of  this  scholarship  is  to 
encourage  and  assist  young  men  and  women  preparing  to  enter  a  teaching 
career.  The  recipients  must  be  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Junior  or  Senior 
standing  who  are  preparing  for  public  school  teaching. 

The  United  Methodist  Youth  Assistant  Scholarship  was  established  during  the 
1957-58  school  session  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Mississippi  Conference 
Methodist  Youth  Fellowship.  The  award  is  made  annually,  but  the  amount  of 
the  financial  assistance  may  vary  from  year  to  year.  The  recipient  is  selected 
by  the  Conference  Council  on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum  of  four  hours  work 
per  week  in  the  department  of  Youth  Ministry  of  the  Conference  Program 
Council  is  required  of  the  recipient. 

The  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966  in 
memory  of  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  by  his  former  students  and  associates. 
The  recipient  is  chosen  by  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  faculty. 


LOAN  FUNDS 

The  Coulter  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  will  of  Mrs.  B.  L.  Coulter.  An 
endowment  loan  fund,  the  interest  is  to  be  lent  without  interest  to  pre-theological 
students  to  be  selected  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  President  of  the  College, 
the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Beligion.  Mrs.  Coulter's  father,  Mr.  Robert  AicCraine,  also  willed  propert\' 
to  be  added  to  the  endowment. 

Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the  Character 

Builders  Sunday  School  Class  of  Capitol  Street  United  Methodist  Church  in 
Jackson.  Any  deserving  student  is  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program 
if  he  has  a  financial  need.  This  loan  fimd  is  administered  by  the  Administration 
and   the   Awards   Committee   of   Millsaps   College. 

The  William  Larkin  Duren  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  honor  of  Dr.  William 
Larkin  Duren,  Sr.,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  in  1964.  Dr.  Duren  is  a  dis- 
tinguished pastor,  editor,  and  biographer.  He  graduated  from  Millsaps  College 
in  the  class  of  1902.  Any  serious  and  well-established  student  who  has  given 
strong  evidence  of  becoming  a  credit  to  himself  and  to  this  college  is  eligible 
to  participate  in  this  loan  program.  There  should  be  a  financial  need  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Awards  Committee.  This  loan  fimd  is  administered  by  the  Ad- 
ministration and  the  Awards  Committee  of  the  College. 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1957  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  J.  Paul  Faulkner  of  Jackson.  The  gift  is  to  be  made  available  as  a  loan 
to  any  student  or  students  regularly  enrolled  at  Millsaps  College.  Preference 
is  to  be  given  to  a  member  of  the  senior  class. 

The  Federal  Insured  Loan  Program  is  available  at  Millsaps.  "Under  this  program 
the  college  supplies  the  loan  applicant  with  a  statement  that  he  is  enrolled 
or  has  been  accepted  for  enrollment,  and  a  statement  of  his  annual  educational 
expenses.  The  student  then  negotiates  a  loan  with  an  eligible  lending  institution 
of  his  own  choice."  An  undergraduate  student  may  borrow  up  to  $1,500  a  year. 
If  the  student's  adjusted  family  income  is  under  $15,000  a  year,  the  Government 
will  pay  interest  up  to  7  percent  while  he  is  in  college.   If  the  adjusted  family 

28 


income  is  $15,000  or  more,  the  student  may  obtain  a  guaranteed  loan  but  must 
pay  the  entire  interest,  up  to  7  percent,  from  the  start.  In  neither  ease  does 
repayment  of  the  principal  begin  until  at  least  nine  months  after  the  borrower 
finishes  his  course  of  study  at  an  eligible  institution. 

The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  T.  A.  Gilbert  of  Meridian,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial  to  their  son,  Kenneth, 
who  lost  his  life  in  World  War  II.  He  received  the  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps 
in  1935  and  was  a  member  of  Kappa  Sigma  fraternity. 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1961  by  the  Jackson  Kiwanis  Club. 
Any  deserving  student  is  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program  if  he  has  a 
financial  need.  Applications  should  be  made  to  the  Awards  Committee  or  the 
Administration  Committee  of  the  College.  These  committees  will  review  the 
application  for  recommendation  to  the  Kiwanis  Club,  which  will  make  the  final 
decision    regarding   the    application. 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship  was  created  by  the  McFarlane 
family  to  be  used  as  a  loan  without  interest  to  young  people,  preferably  of  the 
Christian  Church,  who  are  going  into  full-time  religious  work  either  as  ministers 
or  directors  of  religious  education  in  that  denomination.  Graham  was  a  Millsaps 
graduate  and  lost  his  life  in  the  Te.xas  City  disaster  in  1947.  The  scholarship 
will  be  administered  by  the  administration  of  the  College  and  the  executive  secre- 
tary of  the  Christian  Churches  of  the  state. 

The  National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program  enables  qualified  students  to  bor- 
row up  to  $1,000  per  year  for  educational  purposes.  Repayment  of  the  loan 
begins  the  first  day  of  the  tenth  month  after  the  borrower  finishes  his  course 
of  study  at  an  eligible  institution,  at  an  interest  rate  of  3  percent.  Students  in 
any  field  of  study  are  eligible  for  such  loans  provided  they  meet  the  established 
requirements,  but  the  law  requires  that  special  consideration  be  given  to  students 
with  superior  academic  records  or  capacity  in  science,  mathematics,  engineering, 
and  modem  languages,  or  to  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  elementary  or 
secondary  school  teaching.  Detailed  information  concerning  these  loans  and 
application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  College. 

J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  to  honor  Dr.  J.  D.  Slay,  who  has  served 
as  a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  many  years.  Funds  for  this  program 
are  obtained  through  gifts  and  contributions  made  by  his  many  friends  and 
co-workers.  Preference  for  these  loans  shall  be  given  to  ministerial  students.  The 
Awards  Committee  of  Millsaps  College  will  administer  the  program  in  co- 
operation with  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  J.   D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund. 

United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  Board  of  Education 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  administered  on  the  campus  by  the 
Director  of  Religious  Life  and  Academic  Dean.  Applicants  must  be  members 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  full-time  candidates,  wholly  or  partially  self- 
supporting,  and  must  have  maintained  a  grade  average  of  C  during  the  term 
immediately  preceding  application. 

United  Student  Aid  Funds  are  available  at  Millsaps.  Under  the  provisions  of 
this  program,  and  dependent  upon  availability  of  funds,  qualifying  students  may 
borrow  up  to  $1,500  per  year  for  educational  purposes.   Loan  repayment  begins 

29 


nine  months  after  the  student  leaves  school.  The  maximum  rate  is  7%  simple 
interest.  Students  in  any  field  of  study  are  eligible  for  such  loans  provided 
they  meet  the  established  requirements.  Detailed  information  concerning  these 
loans  and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  College.  Loans  are  made 
through  a  participating  lending  institution;  hovi'ever  the  Awards  Committee  of 
the  College  must  first  approve  the  application. 


OTHER  FINANCIAL  AID  OPPORTUNITIES 

Part-Time  Employment  opportunities  exist  on  the  campus  and  in  the  city  for 
students  who  find  it  necessary  to  earn  a  part  of  their  expenses.  Students  who 
want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply  through  the  Awards  Committee. 
Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  must  register  with  the  Office  of 
Student  Personnel. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  available  at  Millsaps  College.  Under  the 
terms  of  this  act,  a  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from 
funds  contributed  by  the  Federal  Government  and  the  College  for  the  purpose 
of  providing  financial  assistance  through  employment. 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants,  Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant  program.  The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to  provide  educa- 
tional opportunity  grants  to  assist  in  making  available  the  benefits  of  higher 
education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need,  who  for  lack  of 
financial  means  of  their  own  or  their  families  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an 
education   without    such    aid. 


30 


Part  III 


The  Curriculum 


:;  't  ■■ 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

The  entering  student — particularly  at  the  freshman  level — has  the  option 
of  following  the  traditional  program  of  requirements,  or  of  following  the  modi- 
fied program  of  requirements  open  to  students  who  successfully  complete  the 
Heritage  course. 

Traditional  Program.  This  is  traditional  only  in  the  sense  that  it  represents 
the  type  of  program  that  in  recent  decades  has  been  characteristic  of  most 
liberal  arts  colleges.  Basically  it  consists  of  a  broad  pattern  of  specific  courses 
representative  of  the  entire  area  of  man's  knowledge.  Its  objective  is  to  provide 
the  student  with  at  least  a  minimum  contact  experience  with  a  broad  spectrum 
of  disciplines. 

Heritage  Program.  This  program,  an  outgrowth  of  a  comprehensive  curri- 
culum review,  was  especially  designed  for  entering  Freshmen.  It  brings  the 
resources  and  perspectives  of  many  disciplines  into  a  unified  whole,  presenting 
the  story  of  Western  Man's  heritage  in  its  many  dimensions.  The  student  still 
works  in  the  areas  of  history,  literature,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  classi- 
cal studies,  communication  skills,  etc.,  but  in  the  Heritage  Program  he  ap- 
proaches all  of  these  within  an  interdisciplinary  framework.  Lectures  and  dis- 
cussion leaders  come  from  a  variety  of  disciplines.  Students  who  complete  the 
Heritage  Program  meet  in  part  or  in  full  many  of  the  requirements  found  in  the 
traditional  program. 

The  requirements  are  as  follows: 

1.  Minimum  requirements  for  all  degrees: 

Semester  Hours 

Traditional  Heritage 

Heritage    101-102    —  14 

'English  101-102  or  103-104  — - 6  4 

'English  201-202   -- 6  — 

'History    101-102    6  — 

"Foreign  Language — two  years  in  one  language —.6-12  6-12 

or 

•'Mathematics    103-104  or   115-116 - 6-  8  6-8 

'Religion    201-202    6  3 

Physical    Education    2  2 

English  Proficiency  Examination,   given  in  Junior  year 

Comprehensive  Examination  in  major  subject, 
given   in   Senior  year 

2.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree: 

'Behavioral    Science    6  6 

Fine  Arts:    Art,  Music  3  — 

Philosophy     6  3 

'Natural  Science:   Biol.   101-102,   111-112,  or  121-122; 

Chem.     101-102,    or    121-122,    and    125-126;     Geol. 

101-102;   Physics  101-102  or  131-132  6-10  6-10 

Electives    to    total    128  128 

32 


3.  Additional  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

^Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  3  — 

'^Natural  Science — a  year  course  in  three  of  the 

following  fields: 

Cham.  121-122  and  125-126  10  10 

Biology   111-112  or   121-122  8  8 

Geology    101-102    6  6 

Physics   101-102   or   131-132   6  or  8  6  or  8 

Electives  to  total  ..-__128  128 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree: 

'^Behavioral   Science  6  6 

"Natural  Science:   Biol.    101-102,    111-112   or   121-122; 

Chem.  101-102  or  121-122  and  125-126;  Geol.  101-102; 

Physics  101-102  or  131-132  6  to  10  6  to  10 

Philosophy     6  3 

Non-music  electives  10  13 

Music  Theory     24  24 

Music  History    6  6 

Applied  Music    20  20 

Music  electives  to  total  132  132 

5.  Art,  Music,  and  Education  Credit: 

The  maximum  number  of  hours  that  will  be  accepted  in  Art,  Music,  and 
Education  applied  toward  a  B.A.  or  a  B.S.  degree  is  as  follows:  Art,  twenty-one 
hours;  Music,  forty-two  hours;  Education,  forty-two  hours. 

6.  Residence  Requirements: 

One  year  of  residence  is  required  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  and  30  of 
the  last  36  hours  of  academic  work  must  be  done  in  residence.  The  two 
exceptions  allowed  to  this  rule  are:  (1)  students  who  have  been  approved 
for  the  prescribed  pre-medical  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26 
hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (2)  students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or 
professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  18  hours  of  work.  In  this  latter 
case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second  semester 
of  the  Junior  year  and  the  first  semester  of  the  Senior  year. 

Three  summer  sessions  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  the  one  year 
of  residence  required. 

7.  English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given 
by  the  English  Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore 
within  two  and  one-half  hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at 
the  examination. 


^Credit  will  not  be  allowed  for  either  History  101-102  or  English  101-102  for  students  com- 
pleting the  Heritage  101-102/English  103-104  program;  however  students  receiving  credit 
in  Heritage  101-102  may  receive  credit  for  English  201-202,  English  313-314  and  all 
courses  in  Fine  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Religion. 

^If  a  student  has  two  high  school  units  and  continues  the  same  language  in  college,  he  is 
required  to  complete  only  the  foreign  languages  201-202  course    (6  hours). 

^In  the  elementary  education  program,  the  requirement  can  be  met  by  taking  Mathematics 
105-106.    Credit  cannot  be  allowed  for  both  Mathematics   103   and   115. 

^Students  who  have  completed  Heritage    101-102   may   complete   the   Religion   requirement   by 
taking  any  of  the  foUowing  courses:    201,  202,  301,  311,  381,  391,  392. 
^The  Behavioral  Sciences  are:    Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology  and  Sociology. 
'Year  courses  only  are  acceptable  toward  meeting  this  requirement. 

33 


The  examination  is  given  by  the  EngUsh  Department  at  two  stated  times 
in  the  academic  year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in 
November  from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  in  Sulhvan-Harrell  Hall.  A  special  administration 
of  the  examination  is  given  on  the  second  Thursday  in  March  from  4  to  6:30 
p.m.  in  Murrah  Hall  to  seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed 
the  Junior  English  Proficiency  Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  exami- 
nation and  who  think  they  have  compelling  cause  may  petition  the  Academic 
Dean  for  an  extraordinary  administration  of  the  examination  in  the  Summer 
Session  following.  If  the  Dean  grants  the  petition,  he  may  also  stipulate  that 
the  student  must  audit  English  101-102  during  the  Summer  Session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors 
who  failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  register  for  the  November 
administration    of   the   proficiency   examination    at   the   time    of   fall   registration. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a 
member  of  the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction.  The  English 
Department  offers  the  tutorial  work  gladly,  but  the  students  must  avail  them- 
selves of  it. 

8.  Extracurricular  Credits: 

The  following  extracurricular  activities  to  a  maximum  of  eight  semester  hours 
may  be  included  in  the  128  semester  hours  required  for  graduation: 

Physical  Education  (Required)  2  Bobashela  Editorial  Staff  6 

Physical  Education  (Elective)  6  Bobashela  Business  Staff  6 

Purple  and  White  Editor  4  Stylus   Editor  4 

Purple  and  White  Business  Stylus  Business  Manager  4 

Manager  4  Players  6 

Purple  and  White  Department  Millsaps  Singers  6 

Editors  6  Student  Government  Officers  4 

Purple  and  White  Staff  6  Student  Government  Representatives  6 

Bobashela   Editor  4  Computer    X150  1 

Bobashela   Business   Manager  4 

(Only  one  semester  hour  in  each  activity  may  be  earned  in  each  semester, 
except  by  the  Editor  and  Business  Manager  of  the  Purple  and  White,  the 
Bobashela,  the  Stylus,  and  the  officers  in  the  Student  Government.) 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must 
major  in  one  of  the  following  areas:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics,  Accounting, 
Business  Administration,  Education,  English,  Geology,  German,  Greek,  History, 
Latin,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy,  Physics,  Political  Science,  Psychology, 
Religion,  Romance  Languages,  Speech  and  Theatre,  Sociology  and  Anthropology. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate 
department  of  instruction. 

Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful  con- 
sideration and  with  the  consent  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  heads 
not  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Three  cards  will  be  signed  by 
the  major  professor  to  show  approval  of  the  choice  of  a  major;  and  these 
cards  will  be  kept  on  file,  one  with  the  Registrar's  Office  and  one  with  the 
major  professor,  and  one  in  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

34 


No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the 
Registrar's  Office  without  the  signed  approval  of  the  major  professor. 

For  failing  to  maintain  a  C  average  or  for  other  good  cause,  a  student 
may  change  his  major  or  be  advised  by  his  major  professor  to  change  his  major 
as  late  as  October  1  of  his  senior  year.  He  must  submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office 
on  regular  form  (obtainable  from  the  Registrar's  Office)  the  express  permission 
of  both  the  Dean  and  the  head  of  the  proposed  new  major  department.  Transfer 
credit  will  be  accepted  toward  a  major  only  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 

10.  Meeting  Requirements  by  Examination: 

In  a  limited  number  of  instances,  a  requirement  may  be  met  partiall>' 
or  in  full  by  a  satisfactory  score  on  an  achievement  test.  Such  tests  are  presently 
offered  in  English  Composition,  Mathematics  and  the  Romance  languages  during 
the  Freshman  orientation  period.  No  course  credit,  however,  is  awarded  the 
student  who  meets  a  requirement  in  this  fashion. 

11.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactor>' 
comprehensive  examination  in  his  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given 
in  the  Senior  year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than 
a  single  course  or  series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination 
is  to  coordinate  the  class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a 
way  as  to  relate  the  knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  under- 
standing of  the  field  which  could  not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part 
written  and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion 
of  the  members  of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  con- 
ducted by  a  committee  composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by 
the  department,  one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or 
other  qualified  persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in 
which  he  has  credit  and  which  he  is  currently  enrolled  complete  the  require- 
ments in  the  major  department.  He  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring 
semester  if  he  will  be  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester. 
The  examination  will  be  given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the 
other  requirements  and  who  will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring 
semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring  semester  is  the 
last  week  in  April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will  not  be  given 
during  the  summer  except  by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Those  who  fail  a  compre- 
hensive examination  may  have  an  opportunity  to  take  another  examination  after 
the  lapse  of  two  months.  If  the  .student  fails  the  second  comprehensive,  he  ma>' 
not  have  another  until  he  has  taken  at  least  one  additional  semester's  work  at 
Millsaps  College. 

12.  Quality  index  required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees: 
248  for  the  B.  M.  degree.  An  over-all  cjuality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of 
all  students.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  total  number  of  academic  hours 
attempted. 


13.  Application  for  a  degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a 
written  appHcation  for  the  degree  by  March  1  of  the  year  of  his  graduation. 
This  date  will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  sum- 
mer school.  Forms  for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

14.  Requirements  for  second  degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must 
have  thirty  additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  128  semester  hours 
required  for  the  first  degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of 
the  requirements  for  both  the  second  degree  and  the  second  major. 


SUGGESTED  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

A  regular  student  will  be  required  to  enroll  in  English  each  year  until 
he  has  satisfied  the  degree  requirement  in  that  subject.  In  addition  he  has  a 
choice  of  enrolling  in  either  mathematics  or  a  foreign  language  until  he  has 
satisfied  the  degree  requirement  in  one  or  the  other  of  these  disciplines.  These 
general  rules  do  not  apply  to  the  summer  session,  nor  do  they  apply  to  students 
entering  the  second  semester  if  the  appropriate  courses  are  not  offered  at  that 
time. 


B.A. 

TRADITIONAL 

Freshmen: 

Enghsh  101-102 6  hr. 

^Foreign  Language  or 

^Mathematics   103-104   6  hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science  6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Elective   12  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

^Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science  ....  6  hr. 
Elective  12   or   18  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  6  hr. 

Religion  201-202   .-._  6  hr. 

Behavioral  Sciences   6  hr. 

Fine  Arts — .  3  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


DEGREE 


HERITAGE 

Freshmen: 

English  103-104  4  hr. 

^Foreign  Language  or 

-Mathematics   103-104  ____ 6  hr. 

Heritage  101-102  .__. 14  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Elective   _._ 6  hr. 

Sophomores: 

^Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

Science     6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science  — .  6  hr. 

Elective  12  or  18  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  3  hr. 

'Religion    3  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


36 


B.S. 
TRADITIONAL 

Freshmen: 

English  101-102  6  hr. 

Mathematics  115-116  or 

foreign  Language  8  or  6  hr. 

Science  _ _ 6  hr. 

Science  or  History  101-102  6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Elective  6  or  8  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  „. 6  hr. 

'Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science  ..____  6  hr. 

Elective  _..._ 12  or  18  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Science  - 6  hr. 

Religion  201-202   6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science,  Philosophy, 

or  Fine  Arts  3  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 

B.M. 
TRADITIONAL 

Freshmen: 

English  101-102  6  hr. 

Mathematics  103-104  or 

Toreign  Language  6  hr. 

*Music  101-102  8  hr. 

Music  251-252   4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  ___.  4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English  201-202  6  hr. 

'Foreign  Language  _. 6  hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science     ....  6  hr. 

'Music  201-202  8  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major 4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  6  hr. 

Religion   201-202    6  hr. 

History   101-102 

or  Science  -— 6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science  6  hr. 

Music   301-302   6  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  8  hr. 

Academic  Music  8  hr. 

Non-Music  electives 
Music  Recitals 


DEGREE 

HERITAGE 

Freshmen: 

English   103-104  4  hr. 

Mathemaitcs  115-116  or 

'Foreign  Language 8  or  6  hr. 

Heritage  101-102  14  hr. 

Science  —.6  or  8  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

'Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

Science  6  hr. 

Elective  18  or  24  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Science    6  hr. 

'Religion    3  hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


DEGREE 

HERITAGE 

Freshmen: 

English  101-102 6  hr. 

Mathematics  103-104  or 

'Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

'Music  101-102  8  hr. 

Music   251-252    4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

Heritage   101-102 14  hr. 

'Foreign  Language  —  6  hr. 

'Music  201-202 8  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major  4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor  2  hr. 

Juniors  and  Seniors: 

Philosophy  3  hr. 

'Religion    ...-  3  hr. 

Science  - 6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science  6  hr. 

Music   301-302    6  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major 8  hr. 

Academic  Music  8  hr. 

Non-Music  electives 
Music  Recitals 


37 


APPLIED  MUSIC  B.A. 

Freshmen:  Juniors  and  Seniors: 

English  101-102  6  hr.  Thilosophy    6  hr. 

-Mathematics  103-104  'Religion  201-202  6  hr. 

or  'Foreign  Language .__-  6  hr.  History  101-102  or  Science  6  hr. 

Music  101-102 8  hr.  Music  303-304,  381-382,  401  _.15  hr. 

Applied  Music  4  hr.  Behavioral  Science  6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr.  Applied  Music 8  hr. 

Music  Recitals 
Sophomores: 

•■^English  201-202  6  hr. 

'Foreign  Language  6  hr. 

'History  101-102  or  Science  _..  6  hr. 

Music  201-202  8  hr. 

Applied   Music  4  hr. 

PRE-MEDICAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult 
the  catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  re- 
quirements. The  following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental 
schools. 

Biology   121-122  8  hr.  Mathematics    115-116    8  hr. 

Chemistry    121-125,    122-126   _  10  hr.  Physics  101-102  and  151-152       8  hr. 

Chemistry   231-233,   232-234    .10  hr.  or  or 

English  101-102  6  hr.  131-132  and  151-152     10  hr. 

Electives    42  hr. 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory 
Committee  (Berry,  Christmas,  Galloway,  McKeown)  in  designing  a  program  of 
courses  that  will  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend 
that  the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  his  interest.  This 
catalog  should  be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  require- 
ments. Millsaps  and  most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend 
that  the  student  develop  a  sound  background  in  the  humanities  and  social 
sciences. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or 
dental  school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  he  should  give  himself  maximum 
preparation.  In  general,  the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by 
his  performance  in  his  introductory  college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work 
in  that  science  to  prepare  himself  adequately.  The  student  should  also  utilize 
his  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  his  professional 
training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical 
and  dental  schools. 


'If   foreign   language  is   cfiosen    for   the   degree    requirement,   the   student   must    earn    6   hrs.    of 

201-202   credit. 

-In   certain   programs  specific  mathematics  courses  are  required. 

•'Heritage  students  may  choose  from  among  the  following  courses  in  Religion:     201,  202,   301, 

311,  381,  391,  392. 

*These  courses  count  toward  the  total  of  30  academic  music  semester  hours   required   for  the 

B.M.   degree. 

'A  suggested  sequence  of  courses  for  those  students  who   elect  the  Heritage  Program   is   given 

on  pages  36  and  37. 

38 


Biology  (251-252,  381,  391  or  315) 

Chemistry  (251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 

English   (201-202) 

Economics  and   Business  Administration 

Foreign   Language    (reading   knowledge) 

History   (101-102) 

Mathematics   (223-224  or  225-226) 

Philosophy 

Physics  (301,  306,  311,  315,  or  316) 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Th?  Heritage  Program  (see  page  32).  This  program  gives  the  student  a 
more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take  additional  courses  of  his  interest  and 
need. 

PRE-SEMINAJRY 

Students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  must  plan  to  attain 
the  appropriate  professional  degree  from  a  seminary,  and  should  obtain  a  broad 
undergraduate  liberal  arts  basis  as  preparation  for  their  professional  education. 
Any  undergraduate  major  may  be  chosen,  but  students  should  especially  con- 
sider majors  in  Ancient  Languages,  English,  History,  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
Psychology-Sociology,  Rehgion,  or  Sociology.  The  general  foreign  language  re- 
quirement is  best  met  by  German,  Greek,  or  Latin  as  preparation  for  seminary 
education. 

Freshmen:  Sophomores: 

Heritage    101-102    14  hr.  Foreign   Language    6  hr. 

English    103-104 4  hr.  Science  6  hr. 

Foreign     Language     6  hr.  Psychology     6  hr. 

Physical  Education  2  hr.  Religion   201-202    6  hr. 

Elective    6  hr.  Speech    101-102    6  hr. 

Typing 2  hr. 

Juniors:  Seniors: 

Economics   6  hr.  Philosophy  6  hr. 

Sociology   - 6  hr.  Religion   6  hr. 

Philosophy  6  hr.  Political  Science 6  hr. 

Religion   6  hr.  Elective    9  hr. 

English   Literature   6  hr.  Music  315   3  hr. 

Elective    ..-  6  hr. 

This  curriculum  should  also  be  followed  by  those  planning  to  be  Directors  of 
Christian  Education. 

PRELAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning 
to  go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do 
well  in  the  study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and   precisely; 

(b)  critical    understanding    of   the    human    institutions    with    which    the    law 
deals; 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

Different   students   may   obtain   the   desired   training   in   these    three    areas    from 
different    courses.    Therefore,    the    student    should    consult    with    his    faculty    or 

39 


major  adviser  and  with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses 
that  will  best  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interests.  The  student 
with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre-law  adviser,  Mr.  Adams,  from 
time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  Social  Work 
should  plan  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences. 
Because  of  the  widely  varied  opportunities  in  this  field,  no  specific  schedule  of 
courses  is  recommended  for  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Instead,  each  student 
is  urged  to  consult  with  his  faculty  adviser  to  plan  a  schedule. 

EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION  PROGRAMS 

TEACHER   EDUCATION 

A  placement  bureau  for  teachers  is  maintained  under  the  direction  of  the 
Department  of  Education.  It  seeks  to  further  the  interests  of  teachers  educated  at 
Millsaps  College  and  to  be  of  service  to  school  officials  who  wish  to  secure  able 
teachers. 

Millsaps  offers  a  major  in  elementary  education  at  two  levels:  kindergarten 
through  the  third  grade;  fourth  through  the  eighth  grade. 

A  major  in  secondary  education  is  not  offered;  the  student  desirous  of 
secondary  certification  is  required  to  major  in  some  department  other  than 
Education.  For  endorsement  to  teach,  the  student  must  take  certain  specified 
courses  in  general  education,  specified  courses  in  his  major  field,  and  specified 
courses  in  Education. 

State  requirements  for  teaching  certificates  are  quite  detailed  and  specific, 
and  students  must  take  the  exact  courses  specified.  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  student  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels  to  coordinate  courses 
for  certification  to  teach  with  requirements  for  graduation  from  Millsaps  out- 
lined on  pages  32  and  33. 

The  courses  listed  below  are  specific  courses  required  to  qualify  for  the 
Class  A  Elementary  Certificate  and  the   Class  A  Secondary  Certificate. 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

a.    Minimum  general  education  requirements  for  certification  in  grades  K-3  and 
4-8  are  as  follows:  S^^    ^^^ 

English    .-„. 12 

Science    12 

Biological    Science    6  sem.  hrs. 

Physical  Science    (earth  science,  chemistry,  physics, 

astronomy,  geology,  space  science,  etc.)   6  sem.  hrs. 

Social  Studies   12 

American  or  World  History  6  sem.  hrs. 

Other  social  studies  except  religion  6  sem.  hrs. 

Mathematics    6 

The  structure  of  the  real  number  system 

and   its   sub-systems   3  sem.  hrs. 

Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  and  Informal  Geometry  „  3  sem.  hrs. 

Personal  Hygiene  3 

Speech    3 

Total    ._._ 48 

40 


b.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-3: 

Child  Psychology  3 

Educational   Psychology  3 

Measurement  and   Evaluation   3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (including  its 

nature  and  structure)    . _ 3 

Literature   K-3   3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Art  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Early  Childhood  Education  3 

Student  Teaching  _ _._ 6 

c.  One  area  of  concentration  selected  from  the  following  list  will  be  obtained: 
(This  area  may  include  the  hours  earned  in  general  education  and  specialized 
education.) 

English  (English  397  is  required  for  this  concentration)   18 

Science  (Education  320  will  count  toward  this  concentration)  18 

Social  Studies  (Credit  in  philosophy,  psychology,  or  religion  will  not 
be   accepted  toward   this   concentration;   however,   Education   321 

is  acceptable)   18 

Mathematics  (Education  211  will  count  toward  this  concentration)   12 

Library   Science   15 

Reading     __ 12 

Speech  12 

Art   15 

Music  (Credit  in  choir  will  not  count  toward  this  concentration)   12 

Health  and  Physical  Education   (Credit  in  activity  courses  will  not 

count  toward  this  concentration)   15 

Exceptional  Children  12 

d.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  4-8: 

Adolescent   Psychology   3 

Educational    Psychology   3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation  3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School  .— _ 3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (including  its 

nature  and  structure)    3 

Literature  4-Junior  High  School  3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School  __- __ 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Art  in  the  Elementary  School  3 

Principles  of  Elementary  Education  3 

Student    Teaching    6 

e.  Two  areas  of  concentration  selected  from  the  previously  enumerated  list  will 
be  attained. 

41 


SECONDARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

Sem.  Hrs. 

English     12 

Fine  Arts  (Any  course  in  art  or  music  will  meet  this  requirement.)  3 

Personal  Hygiene  3 

Science 12 

6  sem.  hours  in  biological  science 
6  sem.  hours  in  physical  science 

Mathematics    3 

(This  course  must  emphasize  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system 
and  its  subsystems.) 

Social  Studies  -_ -  12 

American  or  World  History   or  both  6  sem.  hr. 

Other  Social  Sciences:  anthropology,  economics, 
general  ps\chology,  political  science,  social 
psychology,  or  sociology  6  sem.  hrs. 

Speech  3 


Professional  Education:  Sem.  Hrs. 

a.  Educational    Psychology    3 

b.  Human  Growth  and  Development  or  Adolescent  Psychology  3 

c.  Principles  of  Teaching  in  High  School  3 

d.  Secondary  Methods  Course  Related  to  Teaching  Field  3 

"e.  Directed  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Field  6 

Total    18 


•Three  years  of  teaching  experience  in  the  secondary  field  (grades  7-12)  may 
be  substituted  in  lieu  of  Directed  Teaching,  but  the  applicant  must  have  a 
total  of  18  semester  hours  of  professional  education. 

Specific  courses  which  must  be  included  for  certification  in  a  major  field  are: 

English 

English  301  or  302,  365  or  366  or  350,  397.  Thirty  semester  hours  are 
required  for  endorsement,  of  which  three  hours  may  be  in  Speech. 

Foreign  Language 

Completion  of  the  major  requirements  in  any  language  will  more  than  satisfy 
the  requirements  for  teaching  that  language.  It  is  recommended  that  the 
student  also  take  two  years  of  a  second  language. 

Mathematics 

Twenty-four  semester  hours  are  required  for  endorsement.  Fifteen  hours 
must  include  Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus,  six 
hours  of  which  must  be  in  Calculus.  Nine  hours  must  include  two  of  the 
following  areas:  Abstract  Algebra,  Modern  Geometry,  Foundations  of  Mathe- 
matics, Probability  and  Statistics. 

42 


p 


Music 

Students  planning  to  teach  Music  in  the  pubUc  schools  should  arrange  their 
programs  after  consultation  with  the  Music  Department.  Following  are  the 
requirements  by  years  in  both  Education  and  Music  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  in  Music  Education: 

Freshmen: 

Two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 
Sophomores: 

Music  101-102  and  two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 
Juniors: 

Education  207,  352,  372;  Music  201,  335;  two  hours  of  piano;  five  hours 

of  voice;   recital. 

Seniors: 

Education  452  or  453-454;  Speech,  3  hrs..  Music  341-342,  381,  and  two 
hrs.  of  electives;  two  hours  of  piano;  five  hours  of  voice;  recital. 

The  foregoing  requirements  apply  specifically  to  the  Vocal  Music  Educa- 
tion Endorsement.  For  the  Applied  Music  Endorsement  the  student  can  complete 
two  hours  of  voice  and  four  hours  of  piano,  and  then  devote  the  remaining 
hours  listed  above  as  voice  and  piano  (a  total  of  16  hours,  including  the  junior 
and  senior  recitals)  toward  the  particular  instrument  (voice,  piano,  or  other  in- 
strument) in  which  he  wishes  to  specialize.  This  combination  will  meet  the 
state  certification  requirements. 

Science 

Biological    Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  including  16  semester  or  24  quarter  hours  in 
biology,    including   botany    and    zoology 

Chemistry: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  chemistry 

Physics: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  physics 

Earth  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  with  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in 
earth  sciences,    (Geology,  Meteorology,  Astronomy) 

General  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  any  sciences.  An  endorsement  to  teach  General  Science 
must  include  the  following: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Earth  and  Space  Science  3 

Chemistry    3 

Physics     3 

Combined  Science   (biology,  chemistry,  and  physics): 

Biological  Science  (including  Botany)   __. 16 

Chemistry    16 

Physics    16 

(A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  mathematics  may  be  applied  toward 
meeting  the  endorsement  requirement  in  physics.) 

43 


Social  Studies 

History  201-202;  three  hours  each  in  Economics,  Government,  Geography, 
and  Mississippi  History.  Thirty  hours  are  required  for  endorsement,  exclusive 
of  Psychology.  Electives  should  be  chosen  to  apply  toward  a  major  in 
History,  Economics,  Sociology,  or  Political  Science. 

Speech 

Twenty-four  semester  hours.  A  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  will  be 
accepted  from  English.  Other  courses  to  include: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Speech   Fundamentals   3 

Public  Speaking  3 

Oral    Interpretation    3 

Dramatics    3 

Electives    12 

Total    24 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested 
in   engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  two 
engineering  schools — Columbia  University  and  Vanderbilt  University — by  which 
a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  for  a  total  of  104  hours  or  more 
and  then  continue  his  work  at  either  of  the  two  schools  listed  above,  transferring 
back  24  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth 
year  receive  his  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  in   Engineering:   Columbia  University  also  has   a  4-2 

program  in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  his  degree 
requirements  and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  Master's 
degree  in  Engineering. 

Columbia  University  offers  degrees  in  Civil,  Electrical,  Industrial,  Mechanical, 
Metallurgical,  Mining,  and  Chemical  Engineering.  Vanderbilt  University  offers 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  degrees  in  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Below  is  a  course  of  study  based  on  the  traditional  program  of  requirements 
leading  to  the  degrees  listed  above.  Students  who  elect  the  Heritage  program 
should  consult  with  their  program  adviser.  The  courses  will  be  the  same  for  all 
degrees  at  the  two  schools  with  the  exception  of  Chemical  Engineering.  The 
substitute  courses  for  this  program  are  also  listed  below. 

For  further  information  on  these  programs,  write  to  Chairman,  Mathematics 
Department,  Millsaps  College. 

Freshmen: 

Mathematics   115-116  8  hours 

Chemistry  121-122,  125-126  10 

English   101-102   6 

Modern  Foreign  Language  6 

Behavorial  Science,  Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy  3 

Physical  Education   2 

35  hours 

44 


Sophomores: 

Mathematics  225-226  10  hours 

Physics   131-132'   8 

English  201-202  6 

History   101-102    6 

Modem  Foreign  Language  - - 6 

36  hours 
Juniors: 

Mathematics  325-326    6  hours 

Mathematics  351     3 

Physics   331-336'**    __ ._. 6 

Biology  101-102  or  Geology  101-102  _.  6 

Religion    201-202    - 6 

Electives  and  Major  Subject  _ 6 


Three  year  total — 104  hours. 


33  hours 


SUBSTITUTE  REQUffiEMENTS  FOR  A  B.S.  IN  CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING   AT   COLUMBIA 

Chemistry  354-356   (Analytic  11)"  4  hours 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234° _._ __. 10 

Chemistry  363-365,  364-366° 8 

"Required  of  Chemistry  majors  at  Millsaps  and  can  be  taken  as  Major  Subject. 
"When  offered.  Not  required  for  a  B.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Columbia 
University. 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three  year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter 
schools  of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary 
science  and  mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology, 
composition,  literature  and  other  courses  which  insure  a  liberal  arts  experience 
for  premedical  technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of 
medical  technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying 
board  recognized  by  the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of 
Clinical  Pathologists,  the  American  Colleges  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital 
Association  and  other  authoritative  medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years 
at  Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with 
at  least  the  third  year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the 
approved  hospital.  The  student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the 
B.S.    degree   with   a  major   in   Biology,    by   taking   the    courses    outlined   below. 

Students  enrolled  in  approved  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer 
back  the  final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted 
as  completing  the  requirements  of  128  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A  satis- 
factory grade  on  the  national  registry  examination  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the 
departmental  comprehensive  oral  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the 
first  commencement  exercise  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology 
training  and  passing  the  national  registry  examination. 

45 


Medical  technology  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college 
may  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of 
medical  technology. 

Freshman  Year 


First  Semester 

English  101  -- 3  hrs. 

Mathematics  115  4  hrs. 

Biology  121  4  hrs. 

Chemistry  121  &  125  5  hrs. 

Physical  Education  1  hr. 


Second  Semester 

English  102  3  hrs. 

Mathematics  116  4  hrs. 

Biology  122  4  hrs. 

Chemistry  122  &  126 5  hrs. 

Physical  Education  1  hr. 


17  hrs. 
Sophomore  Year 
First  Semester 
English  201   3  hrs. 


17  hrs. 


Physics    101   3  hrs. 

History  101 .- 3  hrs. 

Biology  251  5  hrs. 

Chemistry  251   &  253  4  hrs. 


Second    Semester 

English  202  3  hrs. 

Physics  102 3  hrs. 

History  102  ....- -- 3  hrs. 

Biology  252  5  hrs. 

Biology  112  4  hrs. 


18  hrs. 


18  hrs. 


Junior  Year 


First  Semester 

Biology  381  4  hrs. 

Biology  491   1  hr. 


Beligion   201    3 

Chemistry  231  &  233  5 

Behavioral   Science,    Fine 

Arts,  or  Philosophy  3 


hrs. 
hrs. 


Second    Semester 

Biology  391  4  hrs. 

Biology  492  1  hr. 

Religion  202   3  hrs. 

Chemistry  232  &  234  5  hrs. 

Elective    — -  3  hrs. 

16  hrs. 


16  hrs. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  Junior  standing 
and  of  proven  ability  and  initiative  to  examine  together  in  a  series  of  inter- 
disciplinary colloquia  matters  of  mutual  interest  and  concern  and  at  the  same 
time  to  pursue  a  course  of  independent  directed  study  and  research  in  areas 
of  their  major  disciplines.  A  student  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors 
Program  should  consult  with  the  chairman  of  his  department  as  early  in  his 
academic  career  as  possible.  Specific  requirements  of  this  program  are  to  be 
found  on  page  97. 

THE  WASHINGTON  SEMESTER 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American 
University,  Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College  and  other  colleges  and  universi- 
ties in  the  United  States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior 
students  in  the  field  of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct 
contact  with  the  work  of  governmental  departments  and  other  national  and  inter- 


46 


national  agencies  that  are  located  in  Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students 
with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and  imparting  a  knowledge  of  government 
in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the 
participating  colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and 
Public  Administration  of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  may 
earn  fifteen  hours  toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Six  hours  of  credit 
are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and 
government  meet  with  students.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Research 
Course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing  the  resources  available 
only  at  the  nation's  capital.  The  remainder  of  a  student's  course  load  constitutes 
electives  which  are  taken  from  the  normal  offerings  of  American  University.  In 
Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty  members  of  The  American 
University. 

Millsaps  will  ordinarily  send  two  students  in  each  fall  semester.  These  will 
be  either  juniors  or  first  semester  seniors  and  will  be  selected  by  a  faculty 
committee  in  April  of  each  year.  Exceptionally  well-qualified  sophomores  are 
occasionally  accepted.  The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  his  home 
college  for  the  purpose  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected 
by  his  participation  in  the  program. 

THE  UNITED  NATIONS  SEMESTER 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New  Jersey, 
enables  Millsaps  political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first 
hand  study  of  the  work  of  the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  fifteen 
hours  of  credit  toward  graduation.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Con- 
ference Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of  each  week  in  the  United  Nations 
Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and  special  agency  representatives 
often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of  studies.  Students  also  earn  three 
hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual  research  project  on  some  phase  of 
the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of  credit  are  electives  taken  from  tlie 
regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  rema'ns  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the 
purpo.se  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation 
in  the  program. 

THE  LONDON  SEMESTER 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  enables  upperclass 
political  science  majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a 
semester.  Fifteen  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primar>' 
emphasis  on  political  science.  The  faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from 
Drew,  includes  members  of  the  faculty  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and 
Political  Science,  Oxford  University,  Leeds  University,  and  other  outstanding 
schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel  in  the  heart  of  London.  Provision  is 
made  for  an  optional  pre-Fall  or  post-Spring  tour  of  the  Continent  at  a  modest 
cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the 
purpose  of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation 
in  the  program. 

47 


LEGISLATIVE  INTERN  PROGRAM 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science 
students  may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe 
the  state  law-making  process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative 
committees,  performing  a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking 
up  bills.  Students  also  take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the 
legislative  process.  See  Political  Science  452. 

STUDY  ABROAD  PROGRAMS 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year 
Abroad  program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence,  in 
France,  and  with  the  Southwestern  at  Oxford  summer  study  program.  Other 
study  abroad  programs  are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as 
well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for 
such  study  may  receive  information  concerning  these  programs  from  the  chairman 
of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  Academic  Dean. 

ACCOUNTING— BUSINESS— ECONOMICS 
INTERN  PROGRAM 

Outstanding  students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training 
and  practical  experience  through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program 
involves  prominent  regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency 
of  the  Federal  government.  The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised 
by  competent  management  personnel  according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of 
activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participation  and  progress  provides  the 
basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit.  See  Econ.  451-452. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

With  the  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean  and  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment involved,  full-time  students  in  Millsaps  College  may  enroll  for  certain 
courses  at  either  Belhaven  College  or  Tougaloo  College  without  additional  fees. 
Belhaven  College  is  located  a  few  blocks  east  of  the  Millsaps  campus.  Tougaloo 
College  is  eight  miles  north,  at  the  edge  of  Jackson. 

These  cooperative  arrangements  afford  an  opportunity  for  students  to  enroll 
in  courses  either  not  offered  at  Millsaps  College  or  not  scheduled  during  the 
appropriate  semester  or  at  an  acceptable  class  hour. 

MILLSAPS-GULF  COAST  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 
COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  Geology,  Biology,  and 
Chemistry,  are  permitted  to  enroll  for  one  or  more  courses  each  summer  at 
Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies. 
The  Laboratory  is  situated  near  Ocean  Springs,  180  miles  to  the  south  of  Jackson. 
It  offers  some  six  courses  which  may  be  used  as  electives  or  as  core  courses  in 
the  Millsaps  curriculum.  Summer  work  at  the  Laboratory  provides  first-hand 
knowledge  of  the  life  on  land,  in  the  sea,  and  in  a  brackish  water  environment. 

Another  Millsaps-Gulf   Coast   Research  Laboratory   program   is   Gulf   Coast 

Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science.    See  National  Science  G480,  page  50. 

48 


DEPARTMENTS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

Humanities  Division Fall  Sem:  Robert  E.  Bergmark,  Ch. 

Spring  Sem:   T.   W.   Lewis,   III,   Ch. 

Ancient  Languages  Magnolia   Coullet,   Ch. 

Art'  -- William  D.   Rowell,  Ch. 

English  George  W.   Boyd,   Ch. 

German J.  Kent  Van  Houten,  Actg.  Ch. 

Music  C.   Leland  Byler,  Ch. 

Philosophy  Robert  E.  Bergmark,  Ch. 

Religion  Lee  H.   Reiff,  Ch. 

Romance  Languages  Billy  M.  Bufkin,  Actg.  Ch. 

Speech  and  Theatre  Lance  Goss,  Ch. 

Natural  Sciences  Division  Richard  R.  Priddy,  Ch. 

Biology  Rondal  E.  Bell,  Ch. 

Chemistry  Charles  Eugene  Cain,  Ch. 

Geology  Richard  R.  Priddy,  Ch. 

Mathematics   Samuel   R.    Knox,   Ch. 

Physics  and  Astronomy  Charles  B.  Galloway,  Ch. 

Social  Sciences  Division  __. John  Quincy  Adams,  Ch. 

Economics  and  Business  Administration  Richard  B.  Baltz,  Ch 

Education  _ R.  Edgar  Moore,  Ch. 

History  _ Ross  H.   Moore,  Ch. 

Physical  Education'  James  A.  Montgomery,  Ch. 

Political  Science  John  Quincy  Adams,  Ch. 

Psychology  Russell  W.  Levanway,  Ch. 

Sociology  and  Anthropology Mickey  K.  Clampit,  Ch. 

"Majors  not  offered  in  these  departments. 


EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 

Courses   101-198     Primarily  for  freshmen. 

Courses  201-298     Primarily   for  sophomores. 

Courses  301-398     Primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors. 

(advanced,  or  upper-division  courses) 

Courses  401-498     Special  departmental  courses. 

Courses   represented   by   odd   numbers    are    normally   taught    during   the    fall 
semester;  even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 

"G"     Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 

"S"     Indcates  courses  offered  in  summer  only. 

"X"     Indicates  courses  carrying  extra-curricular  credit  only. 

49 


NON-DEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially 
chronological  portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  western  man  viewed  from  the  per- 
spectives provided  by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other 
disciplines.  The  course  will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and 
laboratory  sessions,  and  occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  Freshmen, 
but  open  to  some  Sophomores.  Limited  enrollment.  Co-requisite  for  entering 
Freshmen:  English  103-104. 

Computer  X150  Computer  Orientation  (1).    An  introduction  to  terminal  facilities 
and  to  BASIC  programming  language. 

Computer  300.  Computer  and  Programming  (3).  An  introduction  to  computers 
and  computer  programming;  to  include  a  brief  history  and  development  of  com- 
puters, a  survey  of  data  processing  and  communications,  and  instruction  in 
programming  concepts,  flow  charts,  and  computer  languages;  with  student  appli- 
cation to  specific  exercises  and  problems  in  computer  programming. 

Library  210.     Library  Resources    (1).     Elective,   open  to   Sophomores   or  above 
(Freshmen  with  instructor's  consent).  The  use  of  library  materials  and  services. 
Lectures  and  practical  exercises. 

Natural  Science  G480.  Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science.  Super- 
vised study  in  shallow  marine  environments  for  advanced  science  majors. 
Directed  by  one  of  the  Millsaps  science  faculty  assisted  by  the  staff  of  Gulf 
Coast  Research  Laboratory,  Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Group  and  individual  investi- 
gations in  zoology,  biochemistry,  botany,  geology,  geochemistry,  physics,  physical 
oceanography,  and  chemical  oceanography.  From  early  June  through  August. 
Room  and  board  at  the  Laboratory.  Limited  to  20  students.  Twelve  hours  credit. 
Prerequisites:  20  hours  in  the  student's  major  and  12  semester  hours  in  the 
supporting   sciences    or   mathematics.    Junior-senior   standing. 

Offered  each  summer  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 


T     DEPARTMENT  OF  ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 

The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 

PROFESSOR  COULLET 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  STEPHENSON 

The  ideas  and  culture  of  Greece  and  Rome  live  on  today  in  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  culture  of  Western  civilization.  Intimate  contact  with  the  very  words 
which  express  the  aspirations  of  those  great  spirits  whose  influence  has  been  so 
abiding  and  formative  in  the  modem  world  should  help  shape  the  student's 
character  to  fine  and  worthy  purposes.  Furthermore,  this  undertaking  affords 
a  most  rigorous  exercise  in  the  scientific  method,  producing  habits  and  reflexes 
of  accuracy,  efficiency,  and  system. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the 
other  semester  is  completed. 

50 


Requirements  for  Major  in  Latin:  To  major  in  Latin,  a  student  is  required  to 
take  24  semester  hours  of  Latin  beyond  the  101-102  course.  Students  planning 
to  do  graduate  work  in  Latin  are  strongly  urged  to  take  at  least  two  years 
of     Greek. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Greek:  To  major  in  Greek,  a  student  is  required 
to  take  either  24  semester  hours  of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  or  18 
semester  hours  of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  and  12  semester  hours  of 
Latin. 

LATIN 

101-102.     Elementary  Latin  (3-3).     Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken 
no  previous  study  of  the  language.    Attention  is  paid  to  the  mastery  of  forms, 
vocabulary,  syntax  and  the  technique  of  translation.    Mrs.  Coullet,  Staff. 

201-202.     Intermediate  Latin  (3-3).     A  review  of  grammar  is  made  in  the  first 
part   of  the  first   semester;   then   selections   from    Caesar   or  Cicero   are   read. 
Selections    from    Vergil's    Aeneid    are    read    during    the    second    semester.     Mrs. 
Coullet.    Prerequisite:    Latin   101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Latin. 

301-302.     Survey  of  Latin  Literature  (3-3).     Selections  from  Latin  authors  from 
the  earliest  period  to  the  fifth  century  A.D.  are  read  in  Latin.    Also  a  study 
is   made   of  the  history   of  Latin   Literature.     Mrs.    Coullet.     Prerequisite:    Latin 
201-202  or  equivalent. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  to  majors  and  other  students  in  accordance 
with  their  state  of  advancement.    Prerequisite:    Latin  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331.  Roman  Satire  (3).     Selections  from  Horace,  Juvenal,  and  Persius. 

332.  Roman  Historians  (3).     Selections  from  Livy  and  Tacitus. 

341.  Roman  Lyric  Poetry  (3).     Selections  from  Catullus  and  the  elegiac  poets. 

342.  Roman  Letters   (3).     Selections  from  Cicero  and  Pliny. 

351.  Roman  Comedy  (3).     Selections  from  Plautus  and  Terence. 

352.  Lucretius  (3).     Selections  from  the  De  Rerum  Natura. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (3-3).     Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 

GREEK 

101-102.     Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).     Forms,  vocabulary,  syntax  and  empha- 
sis upon  the  contributions  made  by  the  Greeks  to  Western  civilization.    Read- 
ings in  Greek  New  Testament,  and  the  Anabasis. 

201-202.     Plato,  and  Greek  New  Testament  (3-3).     Plato's  Apology,  Crito  and 
Phaedo  are  covered.    Selections  from  the  Greek  New  Testament  are  also  read. 
Prerequisite:    Greek  101-102. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  to  majors  and  other  students  in  accordance 
with  their  state  of  advancement.    Prerequisite:    Greek  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331.     Euripides  and  Sophocles  (3).     Selections. 

51 


332.     Aeschylus  and  Aristophanes  (3).     Selections. 

341.  Homer  (3).     Selections  from  the  Iliad. 

342.  New  Testament  Greek  (3).     Epistles  to  the  Romans  and  to  the  Hebrews. 
401-402.     Directed  Reading  (3-3).     Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 

CLASSICAL  STUDIES 

311.  Mythology   (3).    The   ancient  myths   of  Greece   and   Rome   and   their   in- 
fluence on  later  literature.   This  course  is  conducted  in  English,   and   is   open 

to  all  students. 

312.  Roman    Civilization    (3).     Examines   the    various    facets    of    Roman    life — 
history,    art    and    architecture,    public    and    private    life,    literature,    etc.,    and 

their  influence  on  the  life  of  today.  This  course  is  conducted  in  English  and  is 
open  to  all  students. 


n  DEPARTMENT  OF  ART 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  ROWELL 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  MILLSAPS 

MR.   WOLFE 

101-102.     Design.   (3-3).     Composition,  color,  and  the  traditional  techniques  of 
represenation;  drawing,  painting,  modeling. 

103-104.     Drawing.    (3-3).     Laboratory    experiences    in    drawing    artificial    and 
natural  forms  employing  a  variety  of  media. 

201-202.     Drawing  Techniques.   (3-3).     The  basic  elements  of  drawing.  Experi- 
mentations with  still  life,  landscape,  and  life  models. 

212-213.     Printmaking.    (3-3).     Introduction  to  relief  and  intaglio  printing  with 
emphasis  on  the  woodcut.  Prerequisite:  Drawing  103-104,  Design   101-102,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

221.     Ceramics.  (3-3).   An  introduction  to  use  and  handling  of  ceramic  materials. 
One  three-hour  instruction  period  weekly,  plus  one  three-hour  lab. 

301-302.     Fainting.    (3-3).     Oil   and  water  color.    The   materials   and   properties 
of  painting,  methods  of  presentation  and  composition  problems. 

337-339.     Art  for  Children.     See  Education  337-339. 

351-352.     Art  History.  (3-3).     An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual 
and  plastic  arts  for  prehistoric  to  contemporary  times. 


52 


Ill    DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BELL 

ASSOCLVTE  PROFESSOR  McKEOWN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  NEVINS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  FINLEY 

MR.  SPIVEY 

Biology  serves  (1)  to  present  the  basic  principles  underlying  life  phenomena 
and  to  correlate  these  principles  with  human  living;  (2)  to  give  students  a 
panorama  of  the  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  which  now  inhabit  the  earth  and 
the  major  features  of  their  behavior;  (3)  to  help  students  appreciate  their 
living  environments;  and  (4)  to  present  a  generalized  view  of  heredity  and 
evolution. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  majoring  in  Biology  is  required  to  take 
Biology  111-112,  121-122,  491,  492;  one  of  323,  333,  or  361;  either  315  or 
345;  and  one  of  372,  381,  or  391.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least 
one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

101-102     Fundamentals   of  Biology    (3-3).     Principles    and   theories   of   the   life 
sciences  including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and 
biogeography;  designed  for  non-science  majors.    Two  discussion  periods  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 

111-112.     Botany   (4-4).     First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants; 

second  semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom;  economic  significance  of 

lower  plants.   Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.     Zoology    (4-4).     Invertebrate    and   vertebrate   taxonomy,   morphology, 
physiology   and    natural   history.     Two    discussion    periods    and    two    two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week. 

S211.     Comparative  Anatomy   (4).     Structure  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems 
of  the   chordates,   emphasizing   the   dissection   of  Amphioxus,    lamprey,    shark, 
salamander  and  cat.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

S221.     Embryology  (4).     Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:   Biology   121-122. 

251-252.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5-5).  (Integrated  course  in 
Vertebrate  Anatomy,  Embryology  and  Histology).  Reproduction  and  organ 
system  differentiation  with  gross  and  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate 
systems.  Three  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:   Biology  121-122. 

301.     Histology    (4).     Microscopic    anatomy    of    vertebrates    with    emphasis    on 
basic  tissues.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods   a 
week.     Prerequisite:    Permission  of   instructor. 

315.     Genetics    (4).     Mendelian    genetics;    the    nature,    transmission    and    mode 
of  action  of  the  genetic  material;   the   role   of   genetics   in   development  and 
evolution.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

53 


323.     Plant    Taxonomy    (4).     Principles    of   plant    classification;    common    plant 
families;  collection  and  identification  of  local  flora.    Two  discussion  periods 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112.       ^ 

333,     Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4),     Identification,  life  history,  ecology  and  evolu- 
tionary histories  of  the  vertebrates.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:   Biology   121-122. 

345.     Ecology    (4).     Interrelations    of   biotic    communities    and    their    physical 
environments;    energy    flow,    succession,    climax    types,    and    population    inter- 
actions.   Two   discussion  periods   and  two   two-hour  laboratory   periods   a    week. 
Prerequisite:   Biology   111-112;    121-122. 

S351.      Field  Biology   (5).    Summer  environmental  study  trips   to   southwestern 
United  States  and  Mexico.  Approximately  three  weeks  away  from  campus  on 
intensive  field  studies.    Prerequisite:    Open  by  application  only;   limited   enroll- 
ment; 8  hours  of  biology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

361.     Aquatic    Biology    (4).     Ecology    of    principal    invertebrate    taxa    of    fresh 
waters    of   Mississippi.    Emphasis    is    placed    on    identification    and    community 
composition.    Two    discussion    periods    and    one    four-hour    laboratory    period    a 
week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;   121-122;  345. 

372.     Plant    Physiology    (4).     Plant    soil    and   water    relations,    metabolism    and 
growth    regulation.     Two    discussion    periods    and    two    two-hour    laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

381.  General    Bacteriology    (4).     Historical    survey,    pure    culture    methods    of 
study  and  the  general  morphology  and  identification  of  bacteria.    Two  discus- 
sion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.    Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology   (4),     Physiological  and  biochemical  prin- 
ciples   associated    with    studies    of    micro-organisms.     Two    discussion    periods 

and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods   a  week.    Prerequisite:   Biology   381. 

391.     General    Physiology     (4).     Study     of    the    constituents,     properties     and 
activities  of  protoplasm.    Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.    Prerequisite  or  corequisite:   Chemistry  232-234. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

491-492.     Seminar    in    Biology    (1-1).     Selected    topics    of    biological    interest. 
Required  of  all  senior  Biology  majors.    One  discussion  period  a  week. 

GULF  COAST  RESEARCH  LABORATORY 

(Courses  offered  in  summers  only) 

G103.     Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  (6). 
C104.     Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology   (6). 
G105.     Introduction  to  Marine  Botany  (4). 

54 


IV     DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY 

PROFESSOR  CAIN 

PROFESSOR  BERRY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BISHOP 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  EZELL 

MR.  GORE 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  (1)  to  provide  at  least 
an  introduction  to  the  scientific  method  for  non-science  majors;  (2)  to  equip 
science  majors  with  the  proper  background  for  professional  and  graduate  study; 
and  (3)  to  provide  terminal  training  for  those  students  who  go  into  industry 
and  teaching. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following 
courses:  121-125,  122-126,  231-233,  232-234,  491,  492.  In  addition  to  this 
candidates  for  the  B.A.  degree  will  take  Chemistry  264-266,  Physics  131-132 
or  101-102  and  151-152.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  have  a  2.5 
average  in  Chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366, 
Physics  131-132,  and  mathematics  through  Integral  Calculus.  A  reading  pro- 
ficiency in  Scientific  German  and  two  approved  advanced  electives  which  may 
include  physics  beyond  131-132  and  mathematics  beyond  Calculus  are  also 
required.  Chemistry  S231-S233,  S232-S234  may  be  substituted  for  Chemistry 
231-233,  232-234  by  B.A.   degree  candidates   only. 

101-102.  Modern  Chemistry  (3-3).  Modern  theories  and  principles  of  chemistry 
and  their  apphcation  to  life  in  today's  world.  Chemical  research  and  methods 
as  well  as  chemical  topics  important  in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Two 
lectures  and  one  application  session  a  week.  Not  acceptable  toward  the  Bachelor 
of   Science  degree. 

121-122.     General  Chemistry  (3-3).     Fundamental  principles  of  modem  chemis- 
try and  its  applications.  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding.  Kinetic  Theory  of 
Gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  125-126. 

125-126.     General  Analytical  Chemistry  (2-2).   Theory  and  applications  of  quali- 
tative and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Core- 
quisite: Chemistry  121-122. 

231-232.     Organic  Chemistry    (3-3).     A   comprehensive   survey   of  the   aliphatic 
and  aromatic  series   of  organic   compounds.   Mechanisms   and  theory   are   dis- 
cussed. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.   Corequisite:   Chemistry  233-234. 

S231-S232.     Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry    (3-3).     A  survey  of  the  aliphatic 
and   aromatic   series   of   organic   compounds.   Prerequisite:    Chemistry    121-122. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  S233-S234. 

233-234.     Modern  Methods   in   Organic  Chemistry    (2-2).    Theory   and  applica- 
tions in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds. 
Use  of  modem  instmmentation  is  emphasized.   Corequisite:   Chemistry  231-232. 

S233-S234.     Principles  of  Modem  Organic  Methods  (1-1).    Theory  and  applica- 
tions in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  S231-S232. 

55 


251.     Analytical   Chemistry    I.    (2).     The   theory   and    application    of    analytical 
methods:    chemical    equilibria,    acid-base    theory,    oxidation-reduction,    and    an 
introduction    into    electrochemical    techniques.    Prerequisite:    Chemistry    121-122. 
Corequisite:   Chemistry  253. 

253.     Applications    of    Analytical  Chemistry    (2).     Gravimetric    and   volumetric 

methods   are   presented   in   the  laboratory   with   unknowns    in    acidmetry    and 

alkalimetry,    oxidation-reduction,  iodimetry    and    precipitation    methods.     Core- 
quisite:  Chemistry  251. 

264.     Biophysical    Chemistry    (3).     Designed    to    acquaint    the    pre-professional 
student  with  the  applications  of  physico-chemical  principles  to  biological  situa- 
tions. Prerequisite:   Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:   Chemistry  266. 

266.     Modern   Biophysical   Methods    (1).     Theory   and   applications    of   modem 
bio-chemical  and  biophysical  techniques.   Corequisite:    Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2).     Theory  and  practice  of  identification  of 
organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic  compounds,  and  classification  of 

organic  compounds  according  to  functional  groups.  Prerequisite:   Chemistry  231- 
232.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  335. 

335.  Modem  Methods  in  Qualitative  Organic   (2).    Theory  and  applications  of 
modem  organo-analytical  chemistry.   Corequisite:   Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced     Organic    Chemistry     (3).     Stereochemistry,     mechanisms,     and 
selected  topics.   Prerequisite:   Chemistry  231-232. 

341.     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).     A  study  of  atomic  structure,  theories 

of  chemical  bonding,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  coordination 

compounds,  inorganic  stereochemistry,  and  inorganic  reaction  mechanisms.  Three 

lecture-recitation  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Physics  301. 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (3).  The  theory  of  optical  and  electrical  instru- 
ments employed  in  the  modem  analytical  laboratory:  absorption  spectometry, 
emission  spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis, 
and  gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Corequisite  356. 

356.     Analytical  Chemistry  II — Methods   (1).    Practical  applications  of  chemical 
instrumentation.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

358.     Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (4).     Chemical  equilibria  in  aqueous  and 
nonaqueous  solutions.  Physical  and  chemical  methods  of  separation:  Chromato- 
graphy, Ion  exchange,  dialysis,  flotation  and  solvent  extraction  techniques.   Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  354-356. 

363-364.     Physical   Chemistry    (3-3).     A  study   of  the   kinetic-molecular   theory, 
chemical  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  surface  chemis- 
try and  an  introduction  to  quantum  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122, 
and  Differential  &  Integral  Calculus.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  365-366. 

365-366.     Physico-Chemical  Methods   (1-1).    Theory  and  applications  of  modern 
physical  methods  in  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

56 


372.     Geochemistry  (3).     An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  prin- 
ciples to  geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria,  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh- 
pH   diagrams,   chemical  weathering,   organic   materials   in   sediments,   and   phase 
diagrams.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

394.  Biochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  Bio- 
chemistry. A  treatment  of  the  dynamic  aspects  of  the  chemistry  of  living 
organisms.  A  discussion  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the  major 
constituents  of  Hving  cells.  Mechanisms  and  stereochemistry  of  organic  reactions 
occurring  in  biological  systems.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  396. 

396.     Biochemical  Applications  (1).    Theory  and  practice  of  modern  biochemical 
methods.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  364. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     An  introduction  to  scien- 
tific research.    Open  only  to  approved  students. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  only  to  approved  students. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  only  to  approved 
students. 

491-492.     History   &   Literature   of  Chenustry    (2-2).     Designed   to   review   and 
integrate  basic  chemical  knowledge   in   conjunction  with   an   oral  and   written 
presentation   of   scientific   works.    History    of   Chemistry   and    the   proper   use    of 
chemical   literature  are  included. 


V  DEPARTMENT  OF  ECONOMICS  AND 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

PROFESSOR  BALTZ 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  WELLS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  SOLIE 

DR.  MORSE  MR.  NICHOLAS  MR,   SEWELL 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  improve  the  student's  economic 
and  business  maturity,  (2)  to  help  him  to  become  a  better  informed  citizen, 
(3)  to  provide  him  with  a  thorough  foundation  for  graduate  study,  and  (4)  to 
prepare  him  for  a  career  in  business  or  government. 

Students  majoring  in  the  department  will  be  graduated  with  either  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Accounting,  Business 
Administration,  or  Economics. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Economics:  An  economics  major  is  required 
to  take  Accounting  281-282,  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226  (Mathematics 
115-116  are  prerequisites),  and  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271  during  the 
Sophomore  year;  Computer  300,  Economics  303,  304,  348  or  372  during  the 
Junior  year;  Economics  361,  401,  348  or  372,  and  402  or  404  during  the 
Senior  year.  (This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate 
studies  in  Economics  or  Business.  A  major  in  mathematics  would  be  an  ideal 
complement.) 

57 


Requirements  for  Major  in  Business  Administration:  A  business  administra- 
tion major  is  required  to  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202  during 
the  Sophomore  year;  Business  251,  335-336,  and  Speech  101;  Computer  300 
and  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271  during  the  Junior  year;  Business  401- 
402,  411-412,  and  451-452  or  12  semester  hours  of  electives  approved  by  the 
chairman  during  the  Senior  year.  (This  program  of  study  is  designed  to  strike 
a  balance  between  course  work  and  practical  application.  It  is  not  intended  as  a 
preparation  for  graduate  studies;  consequently  Mathematics  103-104  satisfies  the 
department's  requirement  for  six  hours  of  freshman  mathematics.) 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Accounting:  An  accounting  major  is  required 
to  take  Accounting  281-282,  and  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271  during 
the  Sophomore  year;  Computer  300,  Economics  303,  304,  Business  251  or  252, 
362,  Accounting  381-382,  and  391  during  the  Junior  year;  Accounting  392, 
395,  and  398  during  the  Senior  year.  (While  Mathematics  103-104  satisfies 
the  department's  requirement  for  six  hours  of  freshmen  mathematics  the  student 
who  expects  to  attend  graduate  school  should  complete  the  115-116  sequence. 
This  curriculum,  including  Business  252,  is  considered  adequate  preparation 
for  the  CPA  examination.) 

Other  Requirements  and  Programs:  The  student  interested  in  Public  Ad- 
ministration rather  than  Business  Administration  may  substitute  three  courses  in 
Political  Science,  approved  by  the  department  Chairman,  for  the  Business  401- 
402,  411-412  requirement.  Students  are  required  to  take  three  hours  of  the 
Behavioral  Science  requirement  outside  of  the  Department.  Students  are  en- 
couraged to  satisfy  the  Philosophy  requirement  with  Philosophy  201  and  311. 
An  Internship  Program  (451-452),  required  of  business  majors,  is  also  available 
to  other  department  majors.  The  department  offers  as  survey  courses  for  all 
students:   Economics  201-202,  Accounting  281-282,   and   Business    131    and   251. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the 
statistics  requirement  at  Millsaps.  The  first  six  hours  of  accounting  principles 
will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement;  the  typical  six 
hours  of  Sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201-202 
requirement  for  Business  majors. 

ECONOMICS 

SIOO.     Survey  of  Principles   (6).    Basic  concepts  of  economics  with  application 
to   selected  problems.   Prerequisite:    Junior   or   senior  standing   in   high   school 
and  recommendation  by  high  school  principal. 

201-202.     Principles    and    Problems     (3-3).      Basic    principles    of    price    theory, 
national  income  analysis,  and  international  trade  with  second  semester  devoted 
to  current  problems.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Economics  201  for  202. 

303.  Intermediate   Microeconomic  Theory   (3).    Value   and  distribution   theory, 
market  equilibrium,  resource  allocation,  and  public  policy. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).    National  income  determination, 
commodity  and  money  market  equilibrium,  public  policy,  and  economic  fore- 
casting. 

348.     Advanced  Economic  Problems  (3).    A  seminar-type  course  devoted  to  an 
extension  and  application  of  economic  theory.  Prerequisite:  Economics  303,  304. 

58 


361.  Money,    Banking,    and    Public    Finance    (3).     Money    and    credit,    capital 
markets,  monetary  institutions,  public  expenditures,  taxation,  and  public  policy. 

371-372.     Quantitative  Methods  (3).  An  application  of  statistics  and  mathematics 
to  economic  analysis   and   business   decision  processes. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.     Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).    Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  go\'ernment  institutions. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

131.     Fundamentals   and   Problems    (3).     Business   conditions,   processes,    opera- 
tions, techniques  and  problems. 

232.     Principles  of  Management  (3).    Management  functions,  applications,   and 
current  developments. 

251-252.     Legal  Environment  of  Business    (3-3).     Judicial   procedure   and    law, 
regulation  of  business  and  labor,  and  current  issues.    The  second  semester  is 
devoted  to  an  analysis  of  commercial  law. 

335-336.     Organization   and  Functions    (3-3).     Concepts    of   marketing,    produc- 
tion,   finance,   and   organization    appropriate   to    business    and    decision    making. 

351.     Marketing   (3).    The  marketing  function;   pricing  practices,  product  poli- 
cies, promotion,  and  planning. 

354.     Manufacturing    and    Manpower    Management     (3).     Industrial    planning, 
operation,  control,  personnel  and  labor  relations. 

362.  Business  Finance    (3).    The   finance   function;    analysis   and    management, 
controlling,  and  financial  policies.    Prerequisite:    Accounting  281  or  282. 

378.     Advanced  Business  Problems   (3).    Current  problems  in  business  adminis- 
tration. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  I  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Business  (3-3). 

451-452.     Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).    Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

ACCOUNTING 

281-282.     Introduction   to   Accounting   (3-3).    The   first   semester   is   devoted   to 
basic  concepts  and  procedures;  the  second  semester  emphasizes  financial  and 
administrative  applications. 

381-382.     Intermediate  Accounting  Theory  (3-3).    Accounting  principles  applica- 
ble to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items; 
the  analysis  of  financial  statements;  working  capital  and  operations;   reorganiza- 
tion; selected  topics.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

59 


391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).    Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  cost- 
ing with  major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.    Prere- 
quisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

392.  Auditing   (3).    A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed 
to  audit  reports  and  to  informational  systems.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

395.     Tax  Accounting  (3).    Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  Federal 
and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.    Prerequisite: 
Accounting  281-282. 

398.     Advanced   Accounting   Problems    (3).     Practical   problems    and   recent   de- 
velopments in  accounting  procedure.    Prerequisite:    Accounting  381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  I  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (lto3  —  lto3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.     Internship   (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).    Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

VI  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

PROFESSOR  MOORE 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  MEADERS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  RICHARDSON 

MRS.  BYLER 

Courses  in  Education,  with  the  exception  of  205  and  207  are  not  open  to 
freshmen.  Professional  training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary 
fields  and  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Division  of  Certification, 
State  Department  of  Education,  for  the  Class  A  Certificates  in  both  fields. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education:  Students  majoring  in 
Elementary  Education  are  required  to  complete  the  courses  necessary  to  obtain 
the  Mississippi  Class  A  Elementary  Certificate. 

205.     Child  Psychology    (3).     A  study  of  the   growth   and  development   of  the 
individual  from  infancy  through  childhood.  Same  as  Psychology  205. 

207.     Adolescent  Psychology    (3).     A  study  of  all  aspects   of  psychological  de- 
velopment during  the  adolescent  years.    Same  as  Psychology  207.    (A  student 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  205  and  207.) 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  in  the  modern 
approach  to  mathematics  in  the  elementary  school  is  designed  to  teach  an 
understanding  of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary 
and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level.  A  survey 
is  made  of  the  current  material  and  methods  in  the  field. 

213-214.     Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).    Methods  and  materials  for 
teaching  reading  in  the  primary  grades. 

60 


305.     Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School   (3).    The  communication  skills; 
speaking,    writing,    and    listening    with    special    emphasis    on    linguistics.    Pre- 
requisite: Education  205. 

311.     Literature.     Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade   (3).     Materials  and  methods 
of  teaching  literature  in  the  primary  grades. 

313.     Literature.     4th     grade     through     Junior     High     School     (3).     Materials 
and  methods  of  teaching  literature  in  intermediate  grades  and  junior  high  school. 

320.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).   This  course  covers  the  content  (sub- 
ject matter),  materials,  resources,  and  methods  of  teaching  and  learning  science 

in  the  elementary  school. 

321.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).    This  course  emphasizes  the 
subject   matter,   materials,    and    methods    of   teaching   and    learning    the    social 

studies  in  the  elementary  school. 

323.     Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).    The  teaching  of  music  for  classroom 
teachers.  The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included. 

337.     Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).    Subject  matter,  methods,  and  materials 
of  teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  emphasis  on  correlation  with  other 
learning  areas. 

341.     Measurement   and   Evaluation    (3).     Principles    and   techniques    of   educa- 
tional measurement  and  evaluation.    This   includes   test  terminology,  types   of 
instruments,  selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and 
interpretation  of  test  data. 

345.     Principles  of  Early  Childhood  Education    (3).    Principles   and  techniques 
of  teaching  the  primary  grades  including  philosophy  and  foundations  of  edu- 
cation, organizational  patterns  which  include  the  self-contained   classroom,   team 
teaching,  and  non-gradedness. 

352.     Educational  Psychology   (3).     Applications  of  psychology  to  problems   of 
learning  and  teaching.   Same  as   Psychology  352. 

362.     General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).     This  course  is  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  student  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  learning  and 
teaching.  Prerequisites:  Education  207   and  352. 

372.     Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).     This  course  is  designed  to  orient 
those  students  who  are  planning  to  teach  in  the  high  school  to  certain  principles 
and   problems   of   our   modem    high    schools,    including    guidance.    Prerequisites: 
Education  207  and  352. 

430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 
(6).  The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school 
throughout  the  semester.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  con- 
ferences between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and 
Education  211,  213-214. 

431-432.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 
(3-3).  The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school 
throughout  the  academic  year.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and 
conferences  between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average 
and  Education  211,  213-214. 

61 


452.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).     The 

student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  a  semester  in  an  accredited  secondary 
school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.    Prerequisite:  C  Average  and  Education  362. 

453-454.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3-3). 

The  student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  the  academic  year  in  an  ac- 
credited secondary  school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  con- 
ferences between  students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and 
Education  362. 


VII    DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English  Literature 

PROFESSOR  BOYD 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  HARDIN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  MOREHEAD 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  PADGETT 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  BLACKWELL 

MR.   KEYS  MRS.  COLLINS  MR.  RISE 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  English  are  (1)  to  give  all  students 
proficiency  in  the  writing  of  clear  and  correct  English,  and  to  make  them 
familiar  with  the  master  works  which  are  the  literary  heritage  of  the  English 
people;  (2)  to  give  to  all  who  wish  to  pursue  electives  in  the  department  an 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  selected  authors  and  periods  of  literature; 
and  (3)  to  provide  for  those  who  wish  to  teach  or  enter  graduate  school, 
preparation  and  background  for  specialized  study. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  is  required  to  take  Library  210, 
English  101-102  or  103-104,  201-202,  491  in  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year 
and  eighteen  hours  of  other  courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete 
the  201-202  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade 
of  "C"  or  better,  or  pass  an  equivalent  proficiency  examination.  Students 
planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowl- 
edge of  French,  German,  and  sometimes  Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum 
of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recommended  for  all  majors. 

101-102.     Composition.    (3-3).     A  year's  study  of  fundamentals  of  rhetoric  and 
composition.    The    first    semester    has    weekly    themes    and    introductions    to 
essays,  short  stories,   and   the   novel;   the   second   semester   teaches   the   research 
paper  and  introductions  to  poetry  and  drama. 

103-104.     Composition.   (2-2).     A  specially  designed  English  composition  course 
correlated   with    Heritage    101-102,    the   Cultural    Heritage   of   the    West,    and 
intended  to  develop  and  augment  the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

201-202.     English   Literature.    (3-3).     A   survey  of  English   literature   from   the 
beginnings  to  the  present.  Section  1  of  each  course  is  especially  designed  for 
prospective  English  majors  and   Heritage  program  graduates.   Prerequisite:   Eng- 
lish 101-102  or  103-104. 

62 


301-302.     American    Literature    (3-3).     A    survey    of    American    literature    from 
the  seventeenth  century  to  the  present.    Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.    Prere- 
quisite:   English  101-102  or  103-104. 

313-314.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of 
selected  major  works  of  European  literature  (in  translation)  from  Homer  to 
Cervantes  (first  semester)  and  from  Moliere  to  Camus  (second  semester). 
Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English 
201-202. 

319.     Renaissance   Non-Dramatic  Prose   and  Poetry    (3).     A  survey  of  non-dra- 
matic  English   literature   from    More's    Utopia    until    the    end   of   the   sixteenth 
century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and   on   the 
early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).     A  study  of  the 
works   of  the  representative   writers  of  the   seventeenth   century,   exclusive   of 

John  Milton.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

322.  English   Prose    and   Poetry   of   the    Eighteenth    Century    (3).     A   study   of 
English  literature  of  the   eighteenth  century,   selected   from  the   works  of  the 

major  writers.   Prerequisite:    English   201-202. 

325.  English  Romantic  Poets  (3).     A  study  of  the  poetry  and  the  prose  of  the 
Romantic  poets.  Library  readings  and  a  term  paper  are  required.  Prerequisite 

or  corequisite:   English  201-202. 

326.  Tennyson,  Browning,  and  Arnold  (3).     A  study  of  the  poetry  and  prose  of 
the  major  Victorian   poets.    Library   readings   and   papers   are   required.    Prere- 
quisite or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

331.     History  of  the   English   Novel    (3).     Novels   from    Fielding   to    Hardy   are 
cast  in  their  historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements, 
and  critical  techniques.    Prerequisite:    English  201-202. 

3.32.     Modern  Fiction  (3).     A  study  of  twentieth-century  British,  American,  and 
Continental    fiction,    emphasizing    major    trends    and    major    authors,    with    an 
intensive  reading  of  selected  novels.   Prerequisite:   English   201-202. 

337.     Modern  Drama  (3).     A  study  of  British,  American  and  Continental  drama 
since   1890.   Approximately   fifty   plays   are   assigned   for   reading.   Prerequisite: 
Enghsh  201-202. 

341.     Modern    American    and    Englsh    Poetry    (3).     A    survey    of    English    and 
American  poetry  since   1900.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

350.     Major  American  Writers  (3).     A  critical  study  of  major  American  authors, 
representing  nineteenth    and   twentieth   century   developments   in    romanticism, 
realism,  and  naturalism.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

361.     Chaucer     (3).    An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature: 
a  reading  of  the  Troilus  and  all   the  Canterbury  Tales.   Reading  and   reports 
from  Chaucer  scholarship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

365-366.     Shakespeare    (3-3).    A  study  of  representative   plays   of  Shakespeare, 

with   special   attention   to   structural   principles,   themes,   and   language   and   to 

the  backgrounds  and  customs  of  the  Elizabethan   theatre.   There   is  some  parallel 

reading  in  other  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists.  The  first  semester  focuses 

63 


1 


on  the  plays  before  1603,  especially  the  histories;  the  second  semester  focuses 
on  the  tragedies  and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

367.     Milton  (3).    A  reading  of  the  important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and 

all  of  Paradise  Lost,  Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and 

reports  from  Milton  scholarship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

393.     Creative  Writing  (3).     A  course  in  the  reading  and  writing  of  poetry  and 
short  fiction.  Prerequisite:  English   101-102  or  103-104  and  the  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

396.  Literary  Criticism  (3).     A  study  of  major  literary  theories  from  Plato  to  the 
twentieth    century,    with    emphasis    upon    modern    analytical    techniques    and 

practical  application  to  appropriate  literary  texts.    Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).     An  intensive  study  of 
English  grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal, 

traditional  usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on 
thesis  and  logical  outline.  Especially  recommended  to  prospective  high  school 
English  teachers.    Prerequisite:   English   101-102  or   103-104. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (I  to  3  —  I  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guid- 
ance of  the   instructor.     Prerequisite:    Consent   of   the   chairman   of   the   English 
Department. 

491.     Senior  Seminar  (2).    The  seminar  culminates  in  the  Senior  English  Essay. 
Topic  and  professor  are  announced  each  spring. 

VIII     THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  PRIDDY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  JOHNSON 

DR.  KATICH  DR.  W.   MOORE 

Geology  at  Millsaps  is  designed  to  offer  the  usual  basic  courses.  They  are 
supplemented  by  extensive  work  in  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  —  modern  sedimenta- 
tion in  Gulf  Coastal  waters,  stratigraphy  of  Mississippi  and  adjacent  states,  and 
Mississippi's  petroleum  industry.  Offerings  are  designed  to  give  students  a  foun- 
dation for  graduate  study  leading  to  professional  work  in  industry  or  in  teaching. 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology.  Other  geology  courses  require  spe- 
cific prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some  of  which  is  field 
work.  Advanced  courses,  of  the  200-300  series,  are  offered  each  third  semester. 

Requirements  for  Major:  To  major  in  Geology,  a  student  must  take  Geology 
101-102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250,  and  six  semester  hours  of  Field  Geology, 
either  G361  and  G362  combined  or  S371  or  six  hours  of  G480.  Majors  must 
take  Mathematics  115-116  and  one  advanced  course  in  mathematics;  Biology 
121;  three  semesters  of  Chemistry:  121-125,  122-126  and  either  251-253  or  354 
and  356;  Physics  101-102  or  131-132.  Other  courses  which  are  desirable  are 
Chemistry  264-266  and  372  and  Mathematics  172  and  either  223  or  225. 

SI 00.     Survey  of  the   Earth   Sciences    (6).     Basic   principles   of   earth   sciences; 

geology,  geochemistry,  geophysics,  oceanography,  and  space  science.    Lecture, 

laboratory,  and  field  trips.   Fifteen  lecture-laboratory  hours  per  week.   Prerequisite: 

64 


Junior  or  senior  standing  in  high  school  and  recommendation  by  high  school 
principal. 

101.  Physical  Geology   (3).     The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface, 
erosional   and    depositional    processes,    volcanism,    deformation,    and    economic 

deposits.  One  or  two  field  trips.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory. 
Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  first  term  summer  school. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (3).     The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  con- 
figuration of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution 

of  surface  rocks  and  minerals.    Several  trips  to  fossiliferous  areas  easily  accessible 
to  Jackson.    Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.    Prerequisite:  Geology 
101,  or  to  be  taken  concurrently  with  Geology  101. 
Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  second  term  summer  school. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).     Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems 
illustrated   by   mineral   crystals,    laboratory-grown    crystals,    geometric    models, 

x-ray  structure,  stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two 
lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  trigonometry. 
Offered  spring  semester  1971-72. 

201.  Mineralogy   (3).     Geometrical,   physical  and  chemical  properties,   genesis, 
and  atomic  structures  of  minerals.    Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  differential 

thermal  analysis,  density  balances,  blowpipe  methods,  and  x-ray  equipment.    A 
valuable    elective    for    chemistry    majors.     Two    lecture    hours    and    two    hours 
laboratory.    Prerequisites:    Geology   200   and   Chemistry    121-125,    122-126. 
Offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

202.  Economic  Geology    (3).     The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals   of  the 
United   States    and   other  countries,   with   consideration    of   their   stratigraphy, 

genesis,  value  and  use.   Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.    Prerequisite: 
Geology  101-102,  200,  and  201.  Chemistry  372  will  be  helpful. 
Offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

211.  Physiography    (Geomorphology)    (3).    A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land 
forms  than  provided  in  Geology  101.    The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections 

of  the  United  States  are  studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
Coastal  Plain.    An  interesting  elective  for  political  science  and  sociology  majors. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.    Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 
Next  offered  spring  semester  1971-72. 

212.  Structural  Geology   (3).     Structural  features  of  the   rocks   comprising  the 
earth's  crust,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.    Two  lecture 

hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.    A  profitable  course  for  pre-law  students   and 
mathematics  majors.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

221.  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (3).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil 
invertebrates  with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field 
trips  to  collect  the  diagnostic  fossils  of  Mississippi.  An  interesting  elective  for 
biology  and  anthropology  majors.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of  laboratory. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  for  geology  majors.  Biology  101-102  or  Biology 
121-122  for  biology  majors. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

65 


250.     Principles  of  Stratigraphy   (3).     Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater  detail 
than    in    Historical   Geology.     Lithologic    and   paleontologic    facies    of    various 
parts  of  the  United  States.    Several  overnight  field  trips.    Two  lecture  hours  and 
two   hours   laboratory.    Prerequisite:    Geology    101-102 

ISlext  offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

301.  Geology  of  Mississippi  (3).     The  stratigraphy,  structure,  and  physiography 
of  the  southeastern  United  States  and  especially  of  Mississippi.    One  two-day 

field  trip  and  several  short  ones  provide  field  information.  A  profitable  course 
for  pre-law  students.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
Geology    101-102,    211,    and   212   or   consent   of   instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1971-72. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  Structure  and  stratigraphy  of  petroleum  reser- 
voirs as  shown  by  surface  and  subsurface  mapping,  geophysics,  and  log  corre- 
lation. A  Mississippi  field  will  be  followed  through  its  various  stages  of  exploration 
and  development.  An  interesting  elective  for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisites: 
Geology  101-102,  211-212  and  Chemistry  121-125,  122-126  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

Offered  on  request. 

311.  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3).     A  petrologic  study  of  the  mega- 
scopic and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and 

their  use  in  rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand 
specimens  and  thin  sections.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201  or  advanced 
standing  for  Chemistry  and  Physics  majors,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1971-72. 

312.  Optical  Mineralogy  (3).     An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope, 
especially  to  the  reflective,   refractive,   and  polarizing  properties   of   light   for 

the  identification  of  mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  section.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  200  and  201. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (3).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary 
rocks  as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectro- 
chemical  and  differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and 
classification.  A  stream  table  is  used  to  demonstrate  primary  alluvial  features 
and  shoreline  features.  Several  trips  in  the  Jackson- Vicksburg  area.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  312  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

G361.  Physical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Physical  processes  at  work  on  the  shores 
and  shallows  of  Mississippi  Sound.  Beaches  and  spits  will  be  surveyed 
periodically  to  determine  changes  in  shape,  height,  cross-section,  lateral  shift,  and 
particle  distribution  and  to  observe  growth  and  destruction  of  bars,  cusps,  spits, 
and  tidepools.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101,  102,  201,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school. 

G362.     Chemical  Marine  Geology  (3).     Supervised  research  on  the  chemistry  of 

the  waters  of  Mississippi  Sound  and  the  geochemistry  of  the  bottoms.    Studies 

will  be  made  of  the  lateral,   vertical,   and  tidal   changes   in   water  composition. 

66 


Analyses  of  core  samples  taken  from  different  environments:  bayous,  mudflats, 
bars,  oyster  reefs,  bays,  tidal  channels,  and  sandy  shelves.  Prerequisites:  Geology 
101,   102,  201,  quantitative  analysis  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school. 

S371.  Field  Geology  (6  to  8).  A  field  course  in  one  of  the  numerous  summer 
camps  offering  practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field  work. 
Three  to  eight  hours  credit  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  camp.  Prerequisite: 
To  be  determined  by  the  college  or  colleges  operating  the  course,  the  probable 
equivalent  of  Geology  101-102,  211-212,  and  Geology  200,  201  and  221. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  to  advanced  students  who 
have  individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  laboratory.    Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor. 

Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

G480.     Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science   (12).    See  page  50. 

GEOGRAPHY 

S105.  Physical  Geography  (3).  The  human  habitat,  designed  for  general  edu- 
cation, providing  basic  knowledge  of  the  important  subdivisions  based  on  land- 
forms,  climate,  soils,  natural  vegetation  and  bodies  of  water.  Map  work  and  other 
visual  aids  will  be  used.  This  course  is  a  valuable  elective  for  elementary  educa- 
tion, history,  political  science,  and  sociology-psychology  majors. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1971-72. 

S205.  Economic  Geography  (3).  Regional  geography  of  the  world  with  em- 
phasis on  social  and  economic  problems.  Special  study  is  devoted  to  changing 
trends  in  the  distribution  of  population,  natural  resources,  and  production 
facilities.  This  is  a  desirable  elective  for  majors  in  economics,  history,  political 
science,  and  education.    Three  hours  lecture  each  week. 


IX    DEPARTMENT  OF  GERMAN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  GUEST 

PROFESSOR  COULLET 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  VAN  HOUTEN 

MR.  WEHNER 

The  German  department  courses  have  been  set  up  to  give  those  students 
taking  their  language  requirement  in  this  department  a  firm  basis  in  grammar 
and  an  introduction  to  the  literature  of  this  language.  For  majors  in  the  depart- 
ment, courses  have  been  designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  and  basic  concep- 
tion of  the  great  literature  and  history  of  Germany.  Students  are  required  to 
attend  scheduled  exercises  in  the  language  laboratory. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the 
other  semester  is  completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of 

67 


a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102 
course  in  the  same  language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  will  be  given  a 
standard  placement  test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of 
this  test  wall  be  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language 
at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  non- 
credit  basis. 

Requirements  for  Major:     To  major  in  German,  a  student  must  take  German 
341-342  and  any  other  twenty-four  semester  hours  in  the  department. 

101-102.     Beginning  German   (3-3).     This  course  is  designed  to  give  beginners 
the  fundamentals  of  grammar  and  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  language. 

201-202.     Intermediate  German  (3-3).     Review  of  grammar.    The  student  is  in- 
troduced to  some  important  writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German 
101-102  or  the  equivalent. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).     Exercises  and  practice  in  writ- 
ing and  speaking   the   German   language.    Prerequisite:    Permission   of   the   in- 
structor. 

341-342.     Survey-History  of  German  Literature  (3-3).     Survey  of  German  litera- 
ture up  to  Goethe,  discussing  authors,  works,  with  oral  and  written  reports  by 
students.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of 
the  period.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

351-352.     Goethe,   Schiller    (3-3).     The  major  poems  and   dramas   and  selected 
prose  works  of  Goethe,  together  with  the   major  dramas  of  Schiller,   will  be 
read  and  analyzed.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be   devoted  to  the  art,   music,   and 
history  of  the  period. 

Offered  in  1971-72. 

361-362.     Nineteenth    Century    German    Literature    (3-3).     Readings    from    the 
major  figures  of  Romanticism  and  Realism,  including  Kleist,  Hoelderlin,  Grill- 
parzer,  Hebbel,  Heine,  Meyer,  Storm,  Keller,  and  Fontane.    Laboratory  sessions 
will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the  period. 

Offered  in  1971-72. 

371-372.     Modern  German  Literature   (3-3).     Readings  in  the  major  writers  of 
the  period,  including  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Hofmannsthal,  Mann,  Hesse, 
Kafka,  and  Brecht.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be   devoted   to  the  art,  music,  and 
history  of  the  period. 

Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

401-402.     Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).    Special  programs  of  reading  and 
research  supervised  by  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  department 
chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

491.     Seminar  (1).     Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 

68 


X     DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

PROFESSOR   MOORE 

PROFESSOR  LANEY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  SALLIS 

MR.  GOODBREAD  MRS.   HODGE 

History  courses  have  been  so  planned  that  the  student  may  follow  the 
causal  relationship  in  human  development.  Upon  a  thorough  factual  foundation, 
emphasis  is  placed  on  the  progressive  organization  of  social,  intellectual,  and 
moral  ideas  of  peoples  and  nations.  In  the  approach  to  an  understanding  of 
historical  phenomena,  literature,  religion,  racial  factors,  economic  conditions, 
and  social  institutions,  as  well   as  forms   of  government,  will  be   considered. 

Requirements  for  Major:  To  be  accepted  as  a  History  major,  a  student  must 
have  a  2.50  average  in  History  and  maintain  this  grade  for  his  full  course. 
History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202,  and  History  401  must 
be  included  in  the  24  semester  hours  of  History  required  for  a  major  in  History. 
A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the 
comprehensive  examination.  Students  who  expect  to  take  graduate  work  should 
take  French  and  German. 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1815   (3).     A  general  survey  of  Western  political, 
economic,   and   social    institutions   to   the   nineteenth   century.    Dr.    Moore,   Dr. 

Sallis. 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1815  (3).     A  study  of  European  expansion  and 
world  influence  from  the  time   of  Napoleon   to   the  present.    Dr.   Moore,   Dr. 

Sallis. 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3).     A  general  course  in  American 
history,   covering   the   European   background   of   colonial   life,   the    Revolution, 

the  Constitution,  and  the  development  of  the  nation  through  the  Civil  War. 
Dr.    Moore. 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from   1865    (3).     The  history  of  the   United 
States  from  1865  to  the  present.  Dr.  Moore. 

305,  The  Old  South   (3).    Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the   United 
States  from  the  time  of  discovery  to  the  close  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  is 

placed  on  the  social  and  economic  structure  of  the  Southern  society  during  the 
late  ante-bellum  period  and  on  the  sectional  controversy  that  culminated  in 
secession  and  Civil  War.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).    The  effects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  on 
the  social,  economic,  and  political  structure  of  the  South,  and  the  development 

of  the  New  South.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

308.  Mississippi  and  Its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  A  consideration  of  the 
development  of  the  political,  social,  and  economic  institutions  that  form  the 
basis  of  society  in  Mississippi,  emphasizing  the  post  Civil  War  period.  Students 
may  enroll  for  306  or  308,  but  not  both.  Dr.  Sallis,  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

69 


309.  The   American   Revolution   and  the    Establishment   of   the   Federal   Union, 
1754-1800    (3).     A  study  of  the   men,   forces,   and   events   in   the   American 

movement  for  independence  and  unity,  concluding  with  an  account  of  the 
launching  of  the  ship  of  state  with  the  Federalists  at  the  helm.  Dr.  Sallis. 
Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The   Age   of  Jefferson   and  Jackson,    1800-1849    (3).     A   continuation   of 
History    309,    this    course    will    emphasize    the    rapid    expansion    of    the    early 

republic  and  the  effects  of  this  growth  on  the  society  of  the  nation  and  its 
sections.  Three  hours  credit.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite.  History  201  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).     A  topical  study  of  the  history  of 
the  United  States  1900-1933,  with  emphasis  on  political,  economic,  and  social 

problems.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:   History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century   (3).     A  continuation  of  History  311 
from  1933  to  the  present.  Special  reports  will  be  required.  Dr.  Moore.  Prere- 
quisite: History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  The  sig- 
nificant political,  social,  economic,  and  philosophical  ideas  of  the  American 
people.  Basic  institutions  will  be  examined,  along  with  influences  acting  upon 
the  intellectual  and  cultural  developments  in  the  United  States.  First  semester: 
From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War 
to  the  present. 

5321.  Problems    in    Modem    History    (3).     The    nature    and    impact    of    such 
present-day   problems    in   international    relations    as    Nationalism,    Imperialism, 

Militarism,  and  Propaganda.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage 
101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modem  History  (3).     A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe 
since  1914.    Dr.  Moore.    Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey,  with  primary 
emphasis  upon  the  development  of  the  major  European  states  and  on  inter- 
national relations.  Some  attention  will  be  given  to  general  economic,  social  and 
cultural  trends.  First  semester  covers  the  period  1815-1870;  second  semester 
covers  the  period  1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Dr. 
Laney. 

325-326.     Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).    A  general  survey  from  1914  to  the 
present.    The    first    semester   vdll    cover    the    period    1914-1939.    The    second 
semester  will   deal  with  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.   Dr.   Laney.   Pre- 
requisite. History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the 
present.  Political,  social  and  economic  developments  will  be  considered.  The 
first  semester  will  cover  the  period  down  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second 
semester  will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  atten- 
tion to  the  development  of  the  British  Empire.   Dr.   Laney. 

329-330.     History   of   Russia    (3-3).     A    general    survey   from    the   beginning    of 

Russia  to  the  present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to   1855.   The 

second  semester  will  continue  the  study  down  to  the  contemporary  period,  with 

70 


special  attention  to  late   19th   and  early  20th   century   revolutionary  movements 
and  to  the  Soviet  regime.  Dr.  Laney.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

334.     Current  Problems    (3).     Class  discussion  of  current  problems   of  national 
and  international  importance.   Open  to  students  who  have   6   sem.   hrs.   credit 
in  History.  Dr.  Moore. 

371.  Latin  America,   1492-1825    (3).    Political,  social,  and   economic  survey  of 
the  Iberian  Empires  with  special  emphasis  on  Spanish  and  Portugese  institutions 

in  the  New  World  and  the  Wars  of  Independence.  Dr.  Saunders. 

372.  Latin  America,  1825-Present   (3).    The  foundation  of  the  Latin  American 
Republics,  the  rise  of  dictators.  Special  emphasis  on  Mexico,  Brazil,  Argentina 

and  Chile.  Dr.  Saunders. 

401.     Special  Problems  in  History   (3).    A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and 

interpreted  and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students 

who  have  6  sem.  hrs.  in  History  and  is  required  of  all  History  majors.  Dr.  Moore. 


XI     DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS 

The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

PROFESSOR   KNOX 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  RITCHIE 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR   McKENZIE 

ASSISTANT   PROFESSOR   SHIVE 

MRS.  BURNSIDE  MRS.  ROBINSON  DR.  LEWIS 

The  Mathematics  courses  at  Millsaps  are  intended  (1)  to  offer  an  experience 
in  a  sufficient  variety  of  basic  and  liberal  subjects  to  constitute  the  foundation 
of  that  general  education  which  is  regarded  as  essential  to  balanced  development 
and  intelligent  citizenship;  (2)  to  meet  the  needs  of  four  types  of  students — (a) 
those  who  will  proceed  to  the  usual  academic  degrees  at  the  end  of  four  years; 
(b)  those  who  will  enter  graduate  or  professional  schools  after  three  or  four 
years;  (c)  those  who  are  preparing  for  teaching,  scientific  investigation,  or 
both;  and  (d)  those  who  will  take  less  thin  a  complete  academic  program. 

An  effort  is  made  to  show  the  student  that  there  is  an  intangible  worth  to 
mathematics;  that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  mathematics  as  an  art,  mathematics 
for  its  own  sake,  mathematics  for  the  sheer  joy  of  comparing,  analyzing,  and 
imagining. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and 
the  Senior  Sem'nar  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour 
courses  in  the  300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must 
be  approved  by  the  department. 

103-104.     Foundations  of  Mathematics   (3-3).     Designed  primarily  for  freshman 
non-science  majors.   The  basic  principles  of  mathematics  are  studied   as   they 
apply  to   a  number  of  areas,   including   the   following:    sets,   algebra,    geometry, 
logic,  probability,  and  analysis.   Mr.  Ritchie,   Mr.  McKenzie,  Dr.  Shive. 

105.     Mathematics   for  Teachers   I   (3).     A  course  in  the   structure   of  the  real 
number  system  and  of  its  subsystems.  Designed  for  the  prospecti^'e  elementar>- 
school   teacher. 

71 


I 

106.     Mathematics  for  Teachers  II  (3).     A  course  in  informal  geometry  and  the 
basic  concepts  of  algebra.    Also  designed  for  the  prospective  elementary  school 
teacher. 

115-116.     Pre-calculus  Mathematics   (4-4).     A  two-semester  course  for  freshmen 
designed  to  provide  the  necessary  mathematical  background  for  the  study  of 
calculus.  Dr.  Knox,  Dr.  Shive,  Mr.  McKenzie. 

172.     Elementary    Statistics     (3).     A    pre-calculus    course    primarily    for    social 
science  majors.  The  description  of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing 
hypotheses,  correlation,   regression,   the   chi-square   distribution,   analysis   of  vari- 
ance.  Dr.   Knox.   Prerequisite:    Mathematics    103   or   115. 

211.     Analytic  Geometry   (4).     A  combined  course   in  plane  and  solid  analytic 
geometry.  Coordinate  systems  in  the  plane  and  in  space.   Curves  in  two  and 
three   dimensions.   Transformations   of   coordinates.    Prerequisite:    Consent    of   in- 
structor. 

S213.     Plane    Analytic    Geometry    (3).     Coordinate    systems.    The    straight    line, 
circle,  ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.   Transformations.   The   general  equation  of 
the  second  degree.   Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.   Mr.   McKenzie,    Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  instructor. 

S215-S216.     Calculus  Is-IIs  (4-4).    An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225- 
226  designed  for  summer  school.   Dr.  Knox.  Prerequisite:   Mathematics   116. 

S217-S218.     Calculus    Is-IIs    (3-3).     Same    as    Mathematics    S215-S216    but    less 
credit.   Prerequisite:    Mathematics    116. 

223-224.     Calculus  I-II   (3-3).    Basically  the  same  as   Mathematics  225-226  but 
with  less  emphasis  on  theory.   Prerequisite:   Mathematics    116. 

225-226.     Calculus   I-II    (5-5).    The  theory  and  application   of  limits   and   con- 
tinuity,   differentiation    and    integration    of    the    elementary    functions    of    one 
variable,  series,  introductory  multivariate  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

325-326.     Calculus   III-IV    (3-3).     Topological    concepts    and    a    rigorous    treat- 
ment of  continuity,   integration,   differentiation,   and   convergence   in   n-dimen- 
sional  Euclidean  space.  Dr.  Shive.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

335.     Probability    (3).     The  concept  of  sample   space.   Discrete   and  continuous 
probability    distributions.     Independence    and    conditional    probability.     Char- 
acteristics of  distributions.   Dr.   Knox.  Prerequisite:   Calculus  II. 

345,  Abstract  Algebra    (3).     Congruences,   groups,   rings,   ideals,   isomorphisms, 
and  homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Mr.  Ritchie.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).     Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of 
matrices.    Systems    of    linear    equations.    Eigenvalues    and    eigenvectors.    Mr. 

Ritchie.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351.  Differential  Equations   (3).     A  first  course  in  differential  equations  of  the 
first  and  second  orders,  with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics. 

Dr.  Knox.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

352.  Electronic    Analog    Computer    (1).     Linear    components,    time-scale    and 
amplitude-scale  factors,   non-linear  components,   and  function-generating  tech- 
niques.   One    lecture    period    and    one    laboratory    period    per    week.    Dr.    Knox. 
Prerequisite:   Mathematics  351. 

72 


361.     College  Geometry  (3).     A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geome- 
try,  and   an   introduction    to    non-Euclidean    geometries.     Mr.    Ritchie.     Prere- 
quisite: Calculus  I. 

371.     Introductory  Topology  (3).     Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff 
spaces,  compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Dr.  Shive.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

391-392.     Selected  Topics   in  Mathematics    (3-3).     Chosen   from   areas   such    as 
applied  mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathe- 
matics, numerical  analysis,  and  history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of 
department  chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  students  v^^ho  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  depart- 
ment chairman. 

491-492.     Seminar  (1-1).     Discussions  of  topics  of  interest  in  the  field  of  mathe- 
matics. 


XII     THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

PROFESSOR  RYLER 

PROFESSOR  SWEAT 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  HOLT 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  AYERS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  POLANSKI 

MRS.  BYLER 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either 
the  Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Piano, 
Voice,  or  Organ  may  be  earned  upon  completion  of  the  program  of  studies 
outlined  on  page  38.  The  minimum  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  this 
degree  is  132  semester  hours.  Bachelor  of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give 
a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final  two  years  of  study.  A  comprehensive  exami- 
nation is  required  during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  may  be  earned  with  a  major 
in  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  or  Music  Education.  Specific  departmental  requirements 
are  sixteen  hours  of  applied  music  in  the  major  field,  and  twenty-five  hours 
of  theory.  Juniors  and  seniors  must  give  two  partial  recitals  or  a  full  senior 
recital."  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Students 
desiring  teacher  certification  should  consider  state  requirements.  All  music  majors 
shall  be  required  to  attend  all  student  and  faculty  recitals,  and  weekly  studio 
classes. 

Piano  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an 
adequate  musical  and  technical  background  in  the  instrument.  He  should  know 
and  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales.  He  should  have  had  some 
learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  student  repertory,  such  as 
the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn 
Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokosmos. 

73 


For  all  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or 
organ,  a  piano  proficiency  examination  will  be  required  prior  to  graduation. 
At  this  examination  the  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory,  the 
following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty) :  the  major  and 
minor  scales  and  arpeggios,  a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a 
classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporary  work  of  moderate  difficulty. 
Also  at  this  examination,  the  student's  ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested. 
Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  he  will  be  required 
to  study  piano  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  fulfill 
repertory  and  technical  requirements  as  specified  by  the  department. 

""The   Senior  Recital   must   be   given   only   while   the    student  is   registered   for 
Senior  level  applied  music. 

Organ  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have 
completed  sufficient  piano  study  to  enable  him  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and 
three-part  inventions,  Mozart  and  Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin, 
Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bartok.  The  student  should  also  know  and  be 
able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  also  to  have 
one  year  of  voice  study,  one  semester  of  conducting,  directed  study  in  organ 
literature,  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  including  console 
conducting. 

Voice  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess 
above  average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing, 
and  musical  intelligence.  He  should  possess  some  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of 
music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at  sight.  He  should  have  had  some 
experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  have 
a  basic  piano  proficiency,  to  take  a  conducting  course,  to  take  eighteen  hours 
of  foreign  languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French, 
German,  or  Italian. 

Music  Education 

Students  electing  the  Music  Education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree,  not  the  Bachelor  of  Music.  Courses  required  for  this  major  will 
be  found  on  page  40. 

I.     Music  Theory 

101-102.     Basic  Theory  (4-4).     Includes  the  elements  of  music,  scales,  intervals, 
and  chords.    Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and  keyboard 
harmony.    Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate   Theory    (4-4).     Harmonization   of  chorales,   modulation, 

altered  chords,    advanced    sight-singing,    harmonic    dictation,    and    keyboard 

harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.    Prerequisite 
101-102. 

74 


215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an 
important  aspect  of  Western  culture.  The  underlying  principles  of  form 
employed  in  the  composition  of  music  are  emphasized  in  order  to  provide  the 
listener  with  the  means  by  which  he  can  better  evaluate  and  appreciate  the 
music  he  hears. 

251-252     Music  Literature    (2-2).    An   introduction   to   music  history  and  music 
literature  with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period 
and  composer.  Open  to  non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  A  composite  course  combining  counterpoint, 
form  and  analysis,  composition,  and  orchestration.  First  semester  includes: 
18th  century  counterpoint;  "form  in  the  music"  and  "form  of  the  music";  com- 
position for  the  keyboard;  and  the  study  of  orchestral  instruments.  The  second 
semester  concerns  itself  with  the  larger  forms  of  the  19th  century.  Three  lecture 
hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory, 
201-202. 

315.     Music  in  Religion  (3).     A  survey  of  the  development  of  sacred  music  from 

antiquity  to  the  present.    Organization  and  administration  of  the  Church  music 

program  is   included.    Open   to  non-music  majors   on   consent   of  the   instructor. 

361.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).     A  survey  of  the  aspects  encountered  by 
the   organist   in   playing  services   in   various  churches,   including   the   study   of 

hymns,    liturgies    and    chants,    and    suitable    organ    music    for    the    Church    Year. 
Open    to   advanced   organ   students. 

362.  Console    Conducting    (2).     Choral    techniques    applied    to    directing    from 
the  console.    Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and  directing 

the  choir  or  choirs.    Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

381-382.     Music  History  (3-3).    A  comprehensive  study  of  music  from  antiquity 
to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from  1750  to  the  present,  second  semester. 

401.     Directed  Study  in  Music  Literature   (2).     Advanced  surveys  of  a  concen- 
trated area  of  music  literature.    The  area  studied  depends  upon  the   applied 
music  emphasis  of  the  student. 

II.     Music  Education 

.323.     Music  in  the  Elementary   School    (3).    Teaching  of  music  for  classroom 
teachers.  The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included.  Same  as  Education  323. 

333.     Music.    Grades  1-6  (3).    Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at  the  ele- 
mentary school  level.   This  course  makes  a  comparative  survey  of  current  teach- 
ing materials  in  the  field  of  elementary  music.    Prerequisite:    Music  101-102. 

335.     Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).     Administration  and  teaching  of  music 
at  the  secondary  school  level.   A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and 
texts.    May  be  taken  in  lieu  of  Education  362.    Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 

341.  Choral   Conducting   (3).     Conducting,   scorereading,   rehearsal   techniques, 
diction  for  singers.    Laboratory  conducting  of  ensembles. 

342.  Instrumental    Ensemble    (2).     A   study    of   basic   fundamentals    of   string, 
woodwind  and  brass  instruments,  including  training  methods  and  materials. 

401.     Directed   Study   in   Music  Education    (2).     Advanced   course   designed   to 
correlate   work   previously   studied   in   music    and   to   prepare   the    student   for 
graduate  study.    Research  and  projects  provide  practical  experience  according  to 
the  student's  major  field  of  interest. 

75 


440.     Directed   Observation   and    Student    Teaching   in   the    Elementary    School. 

Same  as  Education  430  or  440.    Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

452.     Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.     Same  as 
Education  452.    Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

III.  Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designated  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instmment,  followed  by 
the  proper  number  from  the  following  table: 

Freshman   111-112;   121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312,  321- 
322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.    One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 
credit  each  semester. 

181  (1).    Class  instruction  in  Voice  or  Piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students  who 
meet  for  two  lessons  per  week. 

331-332   (3-3).    Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 
Junior  recital. 

441-442   (4-4).    Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a 
Senior  recital. 


XIII    DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

PROFESSOR  BERGMARK 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  MITIAS 

MR.  TONKEL 

The  courses  in  philosophy  are  designed  to  help  the  student  develop  a  critical 
attitude  toward  life  and  an  appreciative  understanding  of  life. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  courses 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  381. 

201.  Problems  of  Philosophy  (3).     A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems, 
such  as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  God. 

202.  Logic  (3).     Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and 
induction  (scientific  methods). 

301-302.     History    of    Philosophy.    (3-3).     The    first    semester    is    a    survey    of 
western  philosophy  through  the  Medieval  period;  the  second  semester  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present. 

311.     Ethics   (3).     A  study  of  principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and 
social  values. 

315.     Existentialism    (3).     Historical    and    comparative    treatment    of    works    of 
such  thinkers  as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  Marcel. 

321.     Esthetics   (3).     Includes  consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art 
object,  and  standards  of  esthetic  appreciation. 

331.     Philosophy  of  Religion  (3).     A  study  of  the  basic  ideas  and  issues  involved 
in  the  development  of  a  religious  interpretation  of  life. 

76 


351.     Oriental  Philosophy   (3).     A  study  of  the  philosophies  of  the  East. 

361.     Philosophy  of  Science   (3).     A  study  of  the  origin   and  adequacy  of  the 
fundamental  concepts  of  science,  and  the  relation  of  philosophy  and  science. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

371.     Contemporary  Philosophy  (3).     A  study  of  the  dominant  schools  and  trends 
in  recent  philosophy,  such  as  ideaUsm,  realism,  pragmatism,  logical  empiricism, 
and  existentiahsm.    Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

381.     Metaphysics  (3).     A  study  of  the  basic  categories  of  exrerience  and  reality. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.     Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or 
consent  of  the   instructor. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  Courses  (3-3).     Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 


XIV     DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
AND  ATHLETICS 

PROFESSOR  MONTGOMERY,  Director  of 
Athletics  and  Physical  Education;  Tennis  Coach 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  DAVIS 
Head  Football  Coach 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  EDGE,  Director  of 
Physical  Education  for  Women;  Golf  Coach 

MR.  RANAGER 
Assistant  Football,  Baseball  Coach 

MR.  CORDER 
Basketball  Coach 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics  operates  on  three  levels 
to  promote  a  well-rounded  education  for  Millsaps  College  students.  In  academic 
and  activity  courses  the  student  is  provided  with  a  background  of  carry-over 
activities  that  are  applicable  to  teaching  or  personal  use,  both  while  in  college 
and  after  graduation.  The  intramural  programs  attempt  to  promote  leisure  edu- 
cation, enrich  social  competence,  develop  group  loyalties,  and  provide  healthful 
exercise.  The  program  of  intercollegiate  athletics  provides  the  more  skillful 
students  an  opportunity  to  compete  against  students  of  other  colleges  in  super- 
vised athletic  contests. 

Two  hours  of  physical  education  are  required  for  graduation.  These  hours 
should  be  earned  in  Physical  Education  101-102,  103-104  courses. 

ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Most  activity  courses  are  co-educational.  Students  are  required  to  furnish 
their  own  gym  clothing.  The  department  will  furnish  locker  and  towel  service 
and  all  materials  needed  for  the  courses. 

X10I-X102,    X103-X104.     Basic    Recreational    Skills    (1-1;    I-l).     To    introduce 

the  student  to  the  most  common  recreational  sports  and  to  develop  a  measure 

of  skill  in  playing  them.  Symbols  on  the  class  schedule  designate  the  following 

77 


interest  groups:  AR,  archery;  WT,  weight  training  for  men;  BT,  body  tone  for 
women;  K,  karate;  WS,  water  safety — a  Red  Cross,  Y.M.C.A.,  and  Y.W.C.A. 
co-operative  program;  SA,  sailing;  DA,  dance;  FEN,  fencing;  JOG,  jogging.  Three 
hours  each  week  for  the  entire  year. 

X201-X202.     Golf   (1-1).     Beginning  and  advanced. 

X211-X212.     Bowling    (1-1).     Beginning   and   advanced. 

X221-X222.     Tennis  (1-1).    Beginning  and  advanced. 


ACADEMIC  COURSES 

All  academic  courses  are  open  to  both  men  and  women,  with  the  exception 
of  the  coaching  courses. 

305.     Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  Grades   (3).       Primarily  for  those 
preparing   for  the  teaching  profession.   The   characteristics   of  the   elementary 
school    child,    activities    suited   to    the    physical    and    mental    levels    represented, 
facilities,  and  equipment  are  considered. 

308.     Institutional    and    Community    Recreation    (3).     Techniques    and    theories 
of  directing  church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs, 
with  special  emphasis  on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 

311-312.     Theory  of  High  School  Coaching   (3-3).     Open  to  men  only  to  pre- 
pare coaches  of  high  school  football  and  basketball  to  coach  and  operate  full 
scale  programs   in  these  sports. 

321-322.     Athletic    Officiating    (3-3).     For    students    who    are    interested    in    be- 
coming football  or  basketball  officials.  This  course  includes  a  complete  study 
of  the  rules,  interpretations,  administration,  ethics,  and  the  mechanics  of  athletic 
officiating. 


332.     Hygiene    (3).     Personal   health    and    care    of 
diseases   and  contagion,   vitamins,  and  hormones. 


the    body;    food,    sanitation, 


78 


XV     DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  GALLOWAY 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  FAULKNER 

Courses  offered  in  the  department  are  designed  to:  (1)  provide  a  solid 
foundation  in  all  areas  of  Physics  for  the  student  who  intends  to  study  at  the 
graduate  level;  (2)  provide  a  firm  physical  interpretation  of  natural  phenomena 
for  the  student  who  intends  to  enter  the  field  of  medicine;  (3)  to  provide  a 
thorough  explanation  of  basic  physical  principles  and  the  opportunity  to  specialize 
in  a  chosen  area  for  the  student  who  intends  to  terminate  his  study  upon  gradua- 
tion; (4)  provide  an  introduction  to  both  the  theoretical  and  the  experimental 
aspects  of  Physics  for  all  interested  students. 

A  major  may  be  taken  either  in  Physics  or  in  Physics  and  Astronomy.  It  is 
advisable  to  consult  with  the  instructor  before  enrolling  for  any  advanced  course. 
All  pre-medical  students  should  take  Physics  101-102  and  Physics  151-152. 
Other  students  planning  graduate  work  in  the  sciences  should  enroll  for  Physics 
131-132. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Physics  and  Astronomy  are 
required  to  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  in  Physics  (or  Physics  and  Astronomy), 
fifteen  hours  of  Mathematics,  and  fifteen  hours  of  Chemistry.  For  departmental 
recommendation  to  graduate  school  the  required  30  hours  in  Physics  must  include 
Physics  331,  316,  and  491-492.  A  student  contemplating  Physics  as  a  major  is 
advised  to  consult  with  members  of  the  department  as  early  in  his  academic 
career  as  possible. 

Physics 

101.  General  Physics  (3).     Mechanics,  heat,  and  sound.   Two  lecture  periods  and 
one  laboratory   period  per  week.    Mr.   Galloway.     Prerequisite   or  corequisite: 

Mathematics  115-116. 

102.  General    Physics    (3).     Magnetism,    electricity,    and    light.     Two    lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.    Mr.   Galloway.    Prerequisite  or 

corequisite:    Mathematics   115-116. 

131-132.  General  Physics.  (4-4).  A  critical  examination  of  the  basic  principles  of 
mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  light.  An  introduction  to 
modern  Physics  will  be  included.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115-116.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  223  or 
225. 

151-152.  General  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  A  course  designed  to  accompany 
either  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  to  provide  additional  work  to  meet 
the  needs  of  those  students  who  expect  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  schools. 
All  pre-medical  students  should  enroll  for  this  course.  One  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Corequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

201-202.     Intermediate    Physics    (3-3).     A    problems    course    dealing    with    the 
properties  of  matter,  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  magnetism,  electricity  and  light. 
Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.   Prerequisite:   Physics 
101-102  or  Physics  131-132. 

79 


301.     Atomic  Physics  (3).     An  analytical  consideration  of  the  extra-nuclear  prop- 
erties of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  atomic  spectroscopy.    Offered 
first    semester.    Prerequisite:    Physics    101-102    or    Physics    131-132.    Corequisite: 
Mathematics   223   or  225. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (4).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  intra-nuclear  prop- 
erties of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  high-energy  physics.  Offered 
second  semester.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  301  and  Mathematics  215.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224 
or  226. 

311.     Electricity  (3).     Electrical  measuring  instruments  and  their  use  in  actual 

measurements,  the  distribution  of  power,  lighting,   and  heating.    Two  lecture 

periods   and  one  laboratory  period   per   week.    Prerequisite:    Physics    101-102   or 
Physics   131-132. 

315.  Optics    (3).     Principles    and    laws    of    reflection,    refraction,    interference, 
polarization,  and  spectroscopy.    Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period 

per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

316.  Electronics    (3).     A  study  of  the  vacuum  tube   and  the  fundamentals   of 
radio  communication.   Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 

Prerequisite:   Consent   of  the   instructor. 

321-322.     Biophysics   (1-1).     A  physical  treatment  of  biological  phenomena,  in- 
cluding such  topics  as  membrane   permeability,   membrane   potentials,   hydro- 
statics, hydrodynamics,   and   radiation  biology.    Prerequisite:    Physics    101-102   or 
Physics  131-132  and  8  sem.  hrs.  of  Biology. 

331.     Classical    Mechanics    (3).     Precise    mathematical    formulation    of   physical 
phenomena.    Prerequisite:    Physics    101-102    or    Physics    131-132.    Corequisite: 
Mathematics  223  or  225. 

336.     Mechanics  (3).     A  continuation  of  Physics  331.  Related  topics  such  as  the 
kinetic  theory  of  matter  and  low  temperature  physics  will  be  included.  Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics  215  and  Physics  331.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

341.     Radiological  Physics  (3).     A  survey  of  the  properties  of  radiations,  inter- 
actions   of    radiations    with    matter,    radiation    dosimetry    and    instrumentation, 
radiation  biology,  and  health  physics.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  131-132. 
Corequisite:  Mathematics  223  or  225. 

351.     Photography    (1).     Developing,    printing,    and    enlarging.    One    laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

371-372.     Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1).     Measurements  in  mechanics,  elec- 
tricity,  heat,  sound,   optics,   and   atomic   and  nuclear  physics.    One   laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.     Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  I  to  3).     An  introduction  to  the  method 
of  scientific  research.  The  student  is  allowed  to  pursue  in  the  laboratory  topics 
in  which  he  is  interested,  with  faculty  available  for  consultation.   Open  only  to 
juniors    and    seniors.     Prerequisite:    Consent    of    the    instructor. 

G480.     Gulf  Coast  Semester   Research    (18). 

491-492.     Seminar  (1-1).     Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  Physics 
research.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

80 


Astronomy 

101-102.     General    Astronomy    (3-3).     A   study   of   the    earth,   moon,    time,    the 
constellations,    the    solar    system,    the    planets,    comets,    meteors,    the    sun,    the 
development  of  the  solar  system,  and  the  siderial  universe.  Two  lectures  and  one 
observatory  period. 

301-302.     Practical   Astronomy    (3-3).     Spherical   astronomy   and   the    theory   of 
astronomical  instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations. 
One  lecture  and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy 
101-102  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


XVI     DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  ADAMS 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BAVENDER 

The  general  objective  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  is  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  theory  and  practice  of  government  and  politics.  Primary  at- 
tention is  focused  upon  the  American  political  system. 

Directing  its  effort  to  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  contemporary 
world  and  of  the  responsibilities  which  are  laid  upon  citizens  of  a  democracy, 
the  Department  of  Political  Science  shares  the  general  objectives  of  a  liberal 
arts  education.  While  the  department  does  not  emphasize  vocational  education, 
the  knowledge  it  seeks  to  impart  should  be  useful  to  anyone  contemplating  a 
career  in  government  service,  law,  politics,  or  business. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  the  department  are  required  to 
take  Political  Science  101,  102,  251,  252,  301,  302,  and  491,  and  at  least 
nine  additional  hours  in  the  department.  In  order  to  become  and  continue  to 
be  a  major,  students  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science 
majors  may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In 
conjunction  with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington 
Semester.  Each  program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional 
information  is  given  on  pages  46  and  47. 

COURSE  LISTINGS 

101.  American  Government  I  (3).    A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political 
environment,  inputs,  and  decisionmaking  agencies,  involving  study  of  federal- 
ism, political  parties.  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary.  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  hour  of  discussion  each  week. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).    Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regula- 
tory, grant-in-aid,  soc'al,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.     State  and  Local  Government   (3).     Urban  democratic  theory,  communit> 
power  analysis,   and  institutions   and  policies   of   state   and   local   government. 

211.     President  and  Congress  (4).    Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,  plus  roll-call  analysis  of  Congress. 

81 


241.  Comparative  Government     General   comparative  theory  as   applied  to  the 
political    cultures    and    institutions    of   Great    Britain,    selected    nations    of   the 

Commonwealth,  and  France.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science   101. 

242.  Comparative  Government.     General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political   cultures   and   institutions   of  the    Federal    Republic   of   Germany,   the 

Soviet  Union  and  selected  Communist  nations.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

251.  Courts    and   the    Constitution    I    (3).     Constitutional    politics,    the    judicial 
process,    court    operation,    and    constitutional    relationships    among    the    three 

branches  of  government.   Prerequisite:    Political   Science    101. 

252.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II   (3).    Equal  protection,  criminal  due  pro- 
cess,  and  first   amendment   freedoms.    Prerequisite:    Political   Science   251. 

301.  Political  Theory   (3).     Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes, 
Locke,  Rousseau  and  the  theorists  of  the  American  Revolution. 

302.  Political   Theory    (3).     Nineteenth   Century   liberalism,    Marxism,    totalitar- 
ianism, and  Twentieth  Century  political  thought. 

311.     American  Political  Parties  (3).     Functions,  organization,  nominations,  cam- 
paigns, voting  rights   and  behavior,   with  attention   to   Southern   parties. 

338.     Public  Administration  (3).    Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing, 
staffing,  directing,   coordinating,  reporting,   and  budgeting  in  public   agencies. 

361.  International    Relations    (3).     Issues,    strategies,    and    theories    of    interna- 
tional politics  including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense, 

imperialism,  balance  of  power,  economics,   and   international   cooperation. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

362.  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy   (3).     The  basic  aims  and  formulation  of  American 
foreign  policy  including  its  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects  developed 

within   the   context   of   current   issues. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

364.  International  Organizations  (3).    Development,  structure,  and  operation  of 
the   United   Nations   and   other   international   agencies. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

365.  U.   S.   Diplomatic   History    (3).    The   history  of  American   diplomacy   and 
the  foundations   of  our  modern  foreign  policy. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading   (I   to  3  —  1   to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an 
aide  to  one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester 
during  a  regular  session  of  the  Legislature,  working  at  a  variety  of  tasks  which 
may  include  research,  writing,  marking  up  bills,  etc.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major 
in  Political  Science;  (b)  Jimior  or  Senior  standing;  (c)   Political  Science  101  and 

82 


112;  (d)  permission  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Department.  Application  for  ad- 
mission to  this  program  should  be  made  early  in  December  immediately  preced- 
ing a  new  legislative  session. 

453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  of  a  student  with 
a  law  firm  or  government  agency  to  work  as  an  aide  in  matters  pertaining  to 
constitutional  liberties.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  251  and  252. 

491.     The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).    Reading,  reports,  and  discussion 
on  the  state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Attention  is  paid  to  contribu- 
tions by  other  disciplines  to  the  study  of  politics. 


XVII     DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY 

PROFESSOR  LEVANWAY 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  VENATOR 

DR.   PEELER         DR.    DRAPER         DR.    BAUGH 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  are  (1)  to  assist  students 
in  gaining  a  better  understanding  of  themselves  and  others  with  whom  they 
live  and  work,  and  in  developing  more  objective  attitudes  toward  human 
behavior;  (2)  to  provide  a  sound  foundation  for  graduate  study  and  professional 
training  in  psychology;  and  (3)  to  provide  certain  courses  which  are  basic 
to  successful  professional  work  with  people. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Psychology  are  required  to 
earn  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required  courses  are 
202,  209-210,  321,  491.  Departmental  electives  must  be  selected  from  the 
following:  206,  212,  302,  307,  313,  314,  315,  331,  and  390.  A  course  in  statistics 
is  an  additional  departmental  requirement.  Under  unusual  circumstances  a 
student  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required  course  if  he  passes  an 
examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This  special 
examination  will  be  administered  by  the  departmental  chairman  and  must  be 
passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The 
student  successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no  additional 
course  credit  toward  the  degree. 

Psychology-Sociology. — A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology  may 
be  earned  by  completing  33  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined, 
with  at  least  15  hours  in  each  department.  The  following  courses  are  required 
of  all  such  majors:  Psychology  202,  206,  302,  315,  and  314;  Anthropology  201, 
and  Sociology  101,  280,  and  492.  A  course  in  statistics  is  also  required  for  this 
major. 

202,     Introduction  to  Psychology    (3).     The    student   is   introduced   to   methods 
of  studying  behavior   in   the   areas   of   learning,   intelligence,   maturation,   per- 
sonality, emotions,  and  perception. 

205.  Child  Psychology.    Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (3).     A  .study  of  the  principles  of  communication,  group 
interaction,    and   human   relations. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology. — Same   as  Education  207. 


209-210.  Experimental  Psychology  (3-3).  Emphasizes  psychology  as  a  science, 
including:  introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  experimental  methods  and 
design;  collection,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  data;  and  scientific  writing. 
Content  area  of  learning  stressed  most  heavily.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and 
statistics. 

212.     History  and  Systems  (3).     The  historical  development  of  the  field  of  psy- 
chology.   Emphasis    is    placed    on    the    outstanding    systems    of    psychological 
thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field. 

271.     Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).     Statistical  techniques  and  theory 
of  greatest  application  in  the  behavioral  sciences.   Consent  of  instructor. 

302.  Dynamics  of  Human  Behavior   (3).     Theoretical  contributions  to  the  un- 
derstanding of  personality  will  be  discussed.  Emphasis  on  normal  development, 

with  abnormal  symptoms  being  treated  as  extremes  of  normal  patterns.   Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology   (3).     Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal, 
environmental  correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

307.     Physiological    Psychology     (3).     The    physiological    processes    underlying 
psychological    activity,    including    physiological    factors    in    learning,    emotion, 
motivation,    and   perception.    Prerequisite:    Psychology    202;    Biology    121-122    or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation   (3).     Emphasizes     the  initiation  of  a  sequence 
of  behavior,  including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  An  examination 

is   made  of  both   theory   and    research   findings    involving   biological    and   social 
controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

314.  Learning  (3).    Combines  material  typically  covered  in  courses  in  principles 
and  theories  of  learning.  Experimental  findings  related  to  the  theories  of  Thorn- 
dike,  Guthrie,  Hull,  Tolman,  and  Skinner,  are  examined.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).     A  study  of  the  theory,  prob- 
lems, and  techniques  of  psychological  measurement.  A  survey  of  both  indivi- 
dual and  group  tests  of  ability,  aptitude,  interests,  and  personality.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202  and  either  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271. 

321.     Advanced  General  Psychology  (3).     A  re-examination  of  the  areas  of  per- 
ception,   learning,    physiology,    motivation,    emotions,    and    personality.     Prere- 
quisite: Senior  status,  psychology  major. 

331.  Perception  and  Cognition  (3).  A  course  designed  to  keep  abreast  of 
theoretical  and  experimental  developments  in  the  rapidly  expanding  areas  of 
human  perception,  thinking,  reasoning,  problem-solving,  creativity,  attention, 
concentration,  information  processing,  and  computer  analogues  to  the  human 
cognitive  processes.  In  the  treatment  of  perception,  priority  is  given  to  central 
processes  rather  than  to  the  peripheral  sensory  apparatus.  Some  dimensions  of 
hypnosis  and  extra-sensory  perception  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
the  department  chairman. 

352.     Educational    Psychology. — Same    as    Education    352. 
84 


390.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  The  study  of  the  behavior  of  lower  animals. 
The  course  attempts  to  relate  behavior  to  organismic  structures  and  environ- 
mental stimuli.  Prerequisite:   Psychology  202. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Open  only  to  advanced  students. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research  (lto3  —  lto3).    Open  only  to  advanced 
students.    Prerequisite:    Consent    of    the    instructor. 

405-406.      Independent   Study    (1    to   3  —   1    to   3).      Open   only   to    advanced 
students.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.     Special  topics.  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).    Open  only  to  approved  students. 

491.     Seminar    (3).     An    intensive    reading   course,    giving   the    student    a    wide 
acquaintance  with  current  psychological  literature  and  systems  of  psycholog)-. 
Designed  to  fill  major  gaps  in  a  student's  preparation  in  the  field. 


XVIII     DEPARTMENT  OF  RELIGION 

The  Tatum   Foundation 

PROFESSOR  REIFF 

PROFESSOR  LEWIS 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  ANDING 

DR.  NUSSBAUM 

The  courses  are  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  and  ap- 
preciation of  the  Bible  and  of  the  place  of  organized  religion  in  life  and 
society;  to  help  students  develop  an  adequate  personal  religious  faith;  and 
to  prepare  them  for  rendering  effective  service  in  the  program  of  the  church. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Religion  201  and  202  are  required.  Majors  in 
Religion  are  required  to  take  an  additional  25  hours  of  courses  in  the  de- 
partment, including  Religion  391,  392,  and  492.  Philosophy  331  may  be 
counted  as  three  hours  on  the  religion  major  if  the  student  satisfies  the  philosoph> 
requirements  with  six  additional  hours  of  philosophy. 

201.  The   Story  of  the   Old  Testament    (3).     History,   literature,   and   theology 
in  the  Old  Testament. 

202.  The   Story  of  the  New  Testament   (3).     History,   literature,   and  theology 
in  the  New  Testament.    Prerequisite:  Religion  201  or  Heritage  101. 

251.  The   History   of   Methodism    (3).     John   Wesley    and    the   emergence    and 
development  of  the  Methodist  Church. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

252.  The    Educational   Work    of   the    Church    (3).     The    aims,    programs,    and 
methods  of  Christian  education  in  the  church  today.  Projects  in  local  churches 

are  included. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

85 


301.  The    Teachings    of   Jesus    (3).     An    interpretative    study    of    the    life    and 
teachings  of  Jesus.  Prerequisite:  Religion  201-202  or  Heritage  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).     An  interpretative  study  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  201  or  Heritage  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

311.     The  Life  of  Paul  (3).     Issues  in  the  thought  and  life  of  Paul. 
Prerequisite:  Religion  201-202  or  Heritage  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  The   Work   of  the    Pastor    (3).     The    problems    and    opportunities   of   the 
pastor. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

342.  The  Organization  of  the  Church  (3).     The  organizational  structure  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church  with  provisions  for  comparison  with   other   church 

structures.  Designed  for  both  preministerial  and  lay  students. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.     Church  and  Society  (3).     The  function  of  the  church  in  the  present  social 
order. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.     World   Religions    (3).     The   origin   and   development   of   the    great   living 
religions. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.     History  of  Christianity    (3-3).     The  development  of  Christianity  and 

Christian  thought  from  Jesus  to  the   High  Middle  Ages,   and  from  the  High 

Middle  Ages  through  the  Reformation  to  the  present.   Either  semester  may  be 

taken  alone. 

o 

401-402.     Directed  Reading   (1    to   3   —   1    to  3).     Individualized   reading   and 
research   in   special   areas   under   the   guidance    of   an   instructor.    Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Individual  investigation  of  an 
area  or  problem  with  occasional  advice  from  an  instructor,  culminating  in  a 
written  report.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly 
offered,   for  an   organized   class   of  interested   students.    Prerequisite:    Consent 
of  the  department  and  division  chairmen. 

492.     Seminar  (1).     Designed  to  help  the  student  majoring  in  religion  integrate 
his  knowledge  in  terms  of  the  total  life. 


86 


XIX    DEPARTMENT  OF  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  BUFKIN 

PROFESSOR  CRAIG 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR  HEDERI 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  SAUNDERS 

MRS.  FOGELSON  MRS.  JOHNSON  MR.  PENNY 

This  department  offers  courses  in  French,  Italian,  and  Spanish.  The  pre- 
paratory courses   (101-102)  are  equivalent  to  two  high  school  units. 

A  student  is  not  permitted  to  enter  courses  201  and  202  in  French  and 
Spanish  until  the  101-102  course  or  the  equivalent  has  been  satisfactorily 
completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modem  foreign 
language  in  high  school  will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  as  part  of  the 
orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of  this  test  will  be  advised  as  to  whether 
they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or  whether  they 
should  take  the  101-102  course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  courses  321 
and  322  in  French  or  Spanish  until  201  and  202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer 
student)  have  been  satisfied.  Under  no  condition  will  a  student  be  permitted 
to  begin  French  and  Spanish  the  same  year. 

A  student  should  consult  the  professors  in  charge  before  planning  to  take 
more  than  two  modern  languages.  Any  course  not  already  counted  may  be 
used  as  a  junior  or  senior  elective.  Credit  is  not  given  for  101  unless  102  is 
completed. 

A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  the  language  laboratory  is  required  in 
all  courses  except  401-402. 

Requirements  for  Major:  For  students  majoring  in  either  French  or  Spanish, 
no  one  course  is  required  with  more  emphasis  than  the  others.  It  is  recommended 
that  such  students  take  every  course  offered  in  their  major  field  of  interest. 
A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  al- 
though 30  hours  is  recommended.  Should  a  candidate  take  only  the  minimum 
of  required  courses,  18  of  these  hours  must  be  in  the  literature  of  his  language 
of  specialty. 

FRENCH  AND  ITALIAN 

101-102,     Elementary  French  (3-3).     Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral 
practice. 

201-202.     Intermediate  French  (3-3).     Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  mod- 
em French  prose.  Prereqmsite:   French  101-102  or  two  years  of  high  school 
French. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).     Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.   Composition  drill   is   also   given. 
Emphasis  on  civilization  in  the  second  semester.   Prerequisite:    French   101-102 
or  equivalent. 

301-302.     Advanced    French    Composition    and    Conversation    (3-3).     A    course 
in  advanced  French  composition  and  reading.   This  course   may  be  taken  in 
addition  to  and  may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.   Prerequisite:    French 
201-202  or  equivalent. 

87 


321-322.     Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).     An  anthology  is  used.  Instruction 
and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prerequisite:   French  201-202  or  equiva- 
lent. 

331-332.     Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).     A  study  of  the  Golden 
Age  of  French  literature.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  works  of  Corneille, 
Moliere,  Racine,  and  La  Fontaine.   Prerequisite:   French  321-322   or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

341-342.     French    Literature    in   the    Eighteenth    Century    (3-3).     An    anthology 
of  eighteenth  century  French  readings  is  used.    Extensive  readings  in  Rousseau 
and  Voltaire.  Second  semester  concentrates  on  the  dramatic  literature  of  the  age. 
Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1971-72. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).  First  semester  deals 
with  pre-Romantics,  early  Romantic  prose  writers,  and  the  Romantic  poets  and 
novelists.  A  survey  of  French  Romantic  drama  is  also  given.  Second  semester 
deals  with  Parnassianism,  Symbolism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism.  Prerequisite: 
French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

361-362.     French    Literature    of   the   Twentieth   Century    (3-3).     First    semester 
deals  with  Maeterlinck,   Proust,   Bergson,   Gide,   Peguy,   and   Claudel.   Second 
semester  deals  with   Breton   and  the   Surrealists,   Malraux,   Giraudoux,    Anouilh, 
Sartre,  and  Camus.  Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1971-72. 

401-402.     Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 

students  who   wish   to   do   reading   and   research   in   special   areas   under   the 

guidance   of  the   instructor.   Prerequisite:    Consent   of   the   department    chairman. 

Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  two-semester  course 
in  beginning  Italian  language  with  emphasis  on  reading  knowledge  and  con- 
versational approach.  This  course  is  designed  to  afford  the  student  with  two 
years  of  another  modem  foreign  language,  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of 
the  Italian  language  in  the  first  semester  and,  in  the  second  semester,  a 
cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating  oral  proficiency  training.  The  course  is 
especially  recommended  for  students  of  music.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and 
when  teaching  schedules  and  staff  permit.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another 
modern  foreign  language  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SPANISH 

101-102.     Elementary  Spanish   (3-3).     Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral 
practice. 

201-202.     Intermediate    Spanish    (3-3).     Review    of    grammar    and    reading    of 
modem   Spanish   prose.    Prerequisite:    Spanish    101-102   or   two   units    of   high 
school  Spanish. 

251-252.     Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).     Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization. 
Laboratory   drill    is    incorporated    in    this    course.    Prerequisite:    Spanish    101-102 
and    preferably   201-202. 

88 


321-322.     Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance   Spanish  Literature    (3-3).     The 

first  semester  considers  the  Hterature  from  the  jarchas  to  the  Early  Renaissance. 
The  second  semester  covers  Late  Renaissance  and  Golden  Age  authors.  An  out- 
line history  of  Spanish  literature  is  also  used.  Prerequisite:   Spanish  201-202. 

331-332.  The  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3-3).  The  first  semester  consists 
of  consideration  of  the  best  known  plays  of  the  most  representative  Spanish 
dramatists  of  the  Golden  Age  from  Cervantes  to  Calderon.  The  second  semester 
consists  of  a  detailed  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Miguel  de  Cervantes, 
primarily  the  Quijote.    Prerequisite:    Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1971-72. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is 
a  study  of  the  historical  background  and  characteristics  of  nineteenth  century 
drama  and  poetry.  Selections  from  Espronceda,  Zorilla,  Duque  de  Rivas,  Becquer, 
Hartzenbush  and  Benavente.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  Spanish  novel 
in  the  19th  century,  its  origins,  antecedents,  influence,  and  characteristics.  Con- 
centration on  the  works  of  Palacio  Valdes,  Valera,  Pereda,  Perez  Galdos,  and 
Blasco   Ibanez.   Prerequisite:    Spanish  201-202   and   preferably   321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

361-362.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3-3).  The  first  se- 
mester deals  with  the  Generation  of  '98.  Concentration  on  the  works  of  Azorin, 
Baroja,  Unamuno,  Valle-Inclan,  Perez  de  Ayala.  The  second  semester  deals  with 
Jimenez,  Garcia  Lorca,  Casona,  Cela,  Laforet,  Zimzunegui,  and  others.  Pre- 
requisite:   Spanish   321-322   or   equivalent. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1971-72. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  A  brief  outline  of  the 
literature  of  the  Spanish-American  countries  with  attention  to  historical  and 
cultural  backgrounds.  The  first  semester  considers  poetry  from  the  pre-Columbian 
period  to  the  present.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  prose  of  the  same 
periods.    Prerequisite:    Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1971-72. 

401-402.     Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     A  course  designed  for  advanced 

students   who   wish   to   do    reading   and    research   in    special    areas    under   the 

guidance   of  the   instructor.    Prerequisite:    Consent   of  the   department   chairman. 

LINGUISTICS 

391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  empha- 
sizes the  historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  Languages.  Attention 
is  given  to  structural  linguistics,  semantics,  and  phonetics.  Other  problems  related 
to  the  teaching  of  language  and  philological  research  are  treated.  Prerequisite: 
French,  German,  or  Spani.sh  201-202  or  Italian  251-252. 


89 


XX     DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY 
AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  CLAMPIT 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  COKER  ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  DODOO 

DR.  LOEWEN  VISITING  PROFESSOR  RADEMAKER 

Race  riots,  urban  redevelopment,  crime  and  conformity,  student  protest 
industrialization — these  are  some  of  the  topics  which  sociology  studies  through 
focusing  on  how  institutions  (such  as  the  family,  the  church,  and  caste)  relate 
to  one  another  within  changing  societies.  Anthropology  provides  a  comparison  by 
studying  similar  processes  in  pre-literate  societies  such  as  the  Pygmies,  head- 
hunting Jivaro,  and  the  Eskimo. 

Courses  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology  are  planned  (1) 
to  develop  the  liberal  arts  student's  knowledge  about  the  nature  of  societies 
and  how  institutions  are  maintained  as  well  as  changed.  (2)  To  give  students 
a  greater  perception  and  understanding  of  social  processes  in  a  changing  world, 
so  they  may  lead  more  effective  and  enlightened  careers  in  sociological  and 
anthropological  research;  social  work,  teaching,  law,  and  the  ministry;  as  well  as 
community  organization,  social  change,  and  urban  planning. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  depart- 
ment. Required  courses  are  101,  201,  280,  492,  493,  and  any  other  two 
courses  offered  by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  280  in  their 
sophomore  year,  492   in   spring   of  junior  year,   and  493   in   fall   of  senior  year. 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology   (3).    Survey  of  basic  concepts,  institutions  and 
processes  of  social  life. 

102.  Social  Problems  in  American  Society   (3).     Analysis  of  such  problems  as 
adolescence,  old  age,  community  organization  and  development,  war  and  peace. 

204.  Social    Change   in    American    Society    (3).     American    society    as    a   social 
system  in  transition;    confrontation   and   conflict;    theoretical   models   of   social 

change.  Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).     Psychological,  sociological,  and  anthropological 
theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature  and  institutional  structure  of  religion 

in  complex  and  preliterate  societies.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

221.     Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).     Broad  view  of  the  field  of  social  work, 
and  social  work  organization.  Especially  recommended  for  exploring  interests 
in   social   work   as   a   profession.    Prerequisite:    Sociology    101    or   consent   of  in- 
structor. 

240.     Minority   Group   Relations   in   American   Society    (3).     Sociological   theory 
and  research,  literature,  and  the  mass  media  as  sources  of  information  about 
racial,  ethnic,  and  other  minority  group   relations  in  the   U.S. 

280.     Methods  and  Statistics   of   Social   Research    (4).     Research  tools   are   pre- 
sented so  that  students  can  undertake  their  own  projects,  analyze,   data,  and 
criticize  research  studies  done  by  others. 

90 


301.     Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).    Theory  and  research  on  the  institution  of 
marriage  in  the  United  States,  changes  in  the  structure  and  function  of  mar- 
riage, and  changing  roles  within  marriage. 

321.     Urban  Sociology  (3).     Structures  and  processes  of  urbanization;  their  ef- 
fects upon  individual  and  society;  ecological  processes,  problems  of  community 
and    cleavage;    urban    decision-making,    and    models    of    redevelopment    within 
megalopolis.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.     Collective   Behavior    (3).     Mass   behavior   and   mass   movements,    such   as 

riots,  fads,  and  social  movements.  Prerequisite:   Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.     Complex  Organizations  (3).     Large  scale  organization  in  modem  society — 
its   historical   development,    internal   structure    and   process,    and   influence    on 
the  personality  and  other  institutions.  Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.     Population   Problems    (3).     Population   theory,    Malthusian    and   post-Mal- 
thusian;   demographic  forces,  fertility,  migration,  mortality;  such  tools  as  age- 
sex  pyramids,  population  density,  etc.  Prerequisite:   Sociology  101   or  consent  of 
instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.     Social   Stratification.     Research   methods,    theories    and    empirical    findings 
pertaining    to    social   stratification    in    the    United    States    and    other    countries. 
Prerequisite:    Sociology    101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391.     Sociology  of  Deviance   (3).     Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality, 
drug  use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from 
a  non-moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings  with  instructor.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor  and   chairman. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Research  project  pro- 
posed and  conducted  independently  by  a  junior  dt  senior  major,  with  report 
due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor  and  chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Inquiry  into  an  area  of  special 
interest  by  a  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  independent  work  -with  "mini- 
mum  of  supervision.   Prerequisite:    Consent   of  instructor  and   chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (lto3  —  lto3).    Class  dealing  with  the 
analysis   of   an   area   not   normally   covered   in   other   courses,    but   of   current 
interest  to  students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

451-452.     Internship  (I  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Practical  experience  and  training  for 
majors  working  with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social 
work,  and  community  organization.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  instructor. 

492.     Seminar  in   Sociological   Theory    (3).     Historical    approach   to    theoretical 
development  in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and 
symbolic  interactionists.   For  junior  majors  only. 

91 


493.     Senior  Seminar  for  Majors  (3).     Modem  sociological  theory,  special  read- 
ings for  examinations,  ethical  implication  of  research,  modern  trends  in  soci- 
ology. For  senior  majors  only. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.     Introduction    to    Anthropology    (3).     Survey    of    basic    concepts    and    ap- 
proaches to  physical   anthropology,   archeology,    and  particularly  cultural   and 
social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).     Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings  with   instructor.     Prerequisite:    Consent   of  instructor,    and   chairman. 

403-404.     Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).   Research  project  proposed 
by   a   junior   or   senior   major,    and   conducted   independently   by    outstanding 
student.   Research  report  due   at  the   end   of  semester.    Prerequisite:   Consent   of 
instructor  and   chairman. 

405-406.     Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).    Readings  in  an  area  of  special 
interest  to  the  well  qualified  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  indepen- 
dent work  with  supervision.  Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of   instructor   and    chairman. 

411-412.     Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).    Class  dealing  with 
the  analysis  of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current 
interest  to  students. 


XXI     DEPARTMENT  OF  SPEECH  AND  THEATRE 

PROFESSOR  GOSS 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR  HOOKER* 

MR.  SULLIVAN  MRS.  SULLIVAN 

MRS.  BEARSS  MR.  WATSON  MRS.  BELL 

SPEECH 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Speech 
101-102,  Speech  211,  Speech  223,  Speech  361,  Speech  363,  Speech  401-402; 
plus  eight  hours  of  Contest  Debate  or  two  hours  of  Contest  Debate  and  Speech 
335  and  Speech  336. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Theatre 
103-104,  Theatre  203-204,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306,  Theatre  395-396 
Theatre  401T-402T. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech  and  Theatre:  32  hours  required,  to 
include  Speech  101-102,  Speech  211,  Speech  361,  Speech  401-402,  Theatre 
103-104,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306. 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  will  be  re- 
quired to  deliver  a  minimum  of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively 
more  difficult  material  and  situations.  Emphasis  is  given  to  development  of 
correct  breathing,  proper  pronimciation,  accurate  enunciation,  and  an  effective 
platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism  are  given  at  frequent  inter- 
vals. 


•Resigned  Feb.   1,   1971. 
92 


102.     Speech  Fundamentals:   Oral  Reading   (3).     Involves  the  reading  aloud  of 
various  types  of  literature  with  a  view  of  communicating  its  logical,  imagina- 
tive, and  emotional  content.   Prerequisite:   Speech   101. 

115-116.  (Freshman),  215-216  (Sophomore),  315-316  (Junior),  415-416  (Sen- 
ior). Contest  Debate  (1-1).  Principles  and  practices  of  intercollegiate  debat- 
ing. Intensive  preparation  on  the  national  debate  subject  each  year.  Practice 
debates  and  intercollegiate  competition.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight 
hours    credit    is    earned. 

201.     Discussion  Method   (3).     Different  problems  of  current  interest  are   ana- 
lyzed and  discussed  in  a  round  table  style.  Discussion  is  based  upon  reflective 
reasoning  as  opposed  to  the  intentional  reasoning  used  in   debate.   Prerequisite: 
Speech  101. 

211.     Forensics    (3).     The  discussion   technique,   including   emphasis   on   debate 

and    parliamentary    procedure.     Different    problems    of    current    interest    are 

analyzed,    discussed,    debated,    and    determined    by    differing    forensic    methods. 

221.     Persuasion  (3).     A  study  of  psychological  and  rhetorical  principles  in  in- 
fluencing and  controlling  the  belief  of  individuals;  of  the  basis  of  persuasion, 
the  nature  of  response,  and  the  methods  of  adaptation  to  various  mental  attitudes. 
Prerequisite:   Speech   101,  three   hours   of  psychology,   and   Sophomore   standing. 

223.     Advanced   Public    Speaking    (3).     Concentrated   study   of   the   theory   and 
practice   of  the   various   forms   of  public   speaking.    Attention   is   given   to   the 
manuscript,   extemporaneous,    memorized,    and   impromptu   forms   of   speech.    In- 
cludes a  study  of  some  of  the  more  famous  historical  speeches. 

335.  American  Public  Address  (3).     Public  speaking  in  the  United  States.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  given  to  the  historical  background  of  the  various  speakers 

and   their   speeches. 

336.  British    Public    Address    (3).     Public    speaking    in    Great    Britain    and    its 
influence  upon  American  public  address.  Historical  background  of  distinguished 

speakers  and  their  speeches  is  considered. 

361.     Phonetics    (3).        Detailed   analysis    of    English   speech    sounds.    American 
regional    pronunciations    are    considered.    Words    are    formed,    discussed,    and 
transcribed    according    to    the    International    Phonetic    Alphabet.    Attention    also 
given  to  words  which  are  widely  mispronounced. 

363.     Speech  Correction  (3).     Includes  a  general  introduction  to  various  speech 
disorders,  including  an  analysis  of  causes  and  symptoms.  This  is  a  non-technical 
survey. 

401-402.     Directed  Readings   (2-2).     Designed  to  acquaint  speech  students  with 
the  latest  developments  in  that  field. 

THEATRE 

103-104.     Introduction  to  Theatre   (3).     Covering  all  aspects  of  theatre  art,  this 
is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  theatre. 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.     Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The 
first   two   semesters    may   be    taken   simultaneously   with    Theatre    103-104.    One 
hour  per  semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

93 


S171-S172.     Summer    Workshop    (3-3).     Includes    acting,    production,    and    per- 
formance techniques.   Practical    experience   is   gained   through   participation    in 
special  summer  production  by  The  Millsaps  Players. 

203-204.     Theatrical  Production   (3-3).     A  study  of  the  field  of  theatrical  pro- 
duction, including  scenery,  properties,  lighting,  sound,  costuming,  and  make-up. 
Prerequisite:    Theatre    103-104. 

205-206.     Acting   (2-2).     Basic  principles   of  acting  in  modem  plays   are   dealt 
with  in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  considers  acting  in  pre-modem 
drama.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

301.     Greek  Drama    (3).     Concentrated  study  of  all   aspects   of  the  theatre   of 
ancient  Greece. 

305-306.     Literature  and  History  of  the  Theatre    (3-3).     Covers   the  European 
theatre.  Prerequisite:   Theatre   103-104. 

311-312.     Amierican  Theatre  (3-3).     The  literature  and  history  of  the  American 
theatre  to  the  present  day.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

337.     Modem   Drama.     See   English   337. 

365-366.     Shakespeare     See    English    365-366. 

395-396.     Directing   (2-2).     Covers   all  facets  of  the   director's   role   in  modem 
play  production  from  the  selection  of  the  play  and  casting  through  the  per- 
formances.  Prerequisite:    103-104. 

401-402.     Directed  Reading  (2-2).     A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  covering  vari- 
ous   aspects    of   theatrical    history,    literature,    and    production. 


94 


..  I 


Part  IV 


Administration 
of  The  Curriculum 


GRADES,  HONORS,  CLASS  STANDING 

GRADING   SYSTEM 

The  grade  of  the  student  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class 
standing  and  the  result  of  a  written  examination.  The  examination  grade  is 
counted  as  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the  semester. 

"A"  represents  superior  work. 

"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work. 

"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work. 

"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the 
class  below  the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  the  grade  of  "B"  is  above 
the  average. 

"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other 
semester  of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the 
higher  grade   on  the   student's   record. 

"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks 
of  "D"  and  above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 

"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing, 
and  "WF"  means  that  he  has  withdrawn  while  failing. 

"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is 
not  completed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 

QUALITY  POINTS 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  grade  of  "D"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  one  quality  point  for  each  semester  hour,  the  completion  of  a 
course  with  a  grade  of  "C"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  two 
quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade 
of  "B"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each 
semester  hour,  and  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "A"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index 
is  arrived  at  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality  points  by  the  number 
of  academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point 
index  became  effective  at  Millsaps  College  on  June  5,   1968. 

CLASS   STANDING   OF  STUDENTS 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating  24  hours;     24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating  _ 52  hours;     72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating  90  hours;   144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  on  the  basis  of  his  status  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 

96 


GRADUATION  WITH  DISTINCTION 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  his  entire  course  shall  be 
graduated  Cum  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  and  who  has  a 
rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Magna 
Cum  Laude;  and  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating 
of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum 
Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa 
Cum  Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  sixty  academic  semester  hours 
in  Millsaps  College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student 
who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  has  forfeited  his  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  in  the  case 
of  students  who  have  not  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality 
points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades  made  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered, 
but  the  student  will  be  considered  eligible  only  if  he  has  the  required  index 
both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  his  college  courses  as  a  whole. 

GRADUATION  WITH  HONORS:  THE   HONORS  PROGRAM 

A  full-time  student  with  Junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all  quality  point 
index  of  3.0  may  during  the  first  semester  of  his  Junior  year  apply  to  his  de- 
partment chairman  for  permission  to  declare  himself  a  candidate  for  honors. 
Admission  requires  acceptance  of  the  student  by  the  chairman  of  the  depart- 
ment and  approval  by  the  Honors  Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program 
becomes  effective  as  of  the  spring  semester  of  the  Junior  year. 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  into 
the  Program  will  in  the  second  semester  of  his  Junior  year  enroll  with  his  honors 
adviser  in  a  directed  study  entitled  Honors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors 
II  and  Honors  III  (Research)  will  ordinarily  follow  in  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  of  the  Senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these 
courses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intended  to  culminate  in  an 
honors  paper  to  be  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and  defended  before  an 
examining  board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium 
designed  to  bring  together  for  the  purpose  of  intellectual  exchange  all  those 
students  participating  in  the  Honors  Program.  The  aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium 
is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  values 
centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  interest 
to  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  an  interdisciplinary  venture  and 
is  required  of  all  students  entering  the  Honors  Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and 
defends  the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  overall  quality  point 
index,  and  who  has  a  3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors. 
A  candidate  who  has  a  3.6  overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in 
honors  work  and  who  in  the  estimation  of  the  examining  board  has  presented 
a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  his  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time. 
Students  enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college 

97 


rules  for  dropping  a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be 
involuntarily  terminated  at  any  time  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors 
adviser  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors  Council. 

DEAN'S  LIST 

Those  meeting  the  following  requirements  are  honored  by  inclusion  on  the 
Dean's    List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  twelve  academic  hours  during 
the  semester  on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based; 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average   for  the   preceding 
semester  of  3.2; 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  the  preceding 
semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  deans,  a  good  citizen  of  the 
college  community. 

REPORTS 

Reports  are  sent  at  the  close  of  each  nine  weeks  to  the  parent  or  guardian 
of  each  student.  These  reports  indicate,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  the  nature  of 
the  progress  made  by  the  student  in  his  work  at  the  college. 

HOURS  PERMITTED 
Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  seventeen  semester  hours  of  academic  work 
unless  he  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or 
semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than  nineteen  semester  hours  of  academic 
work  unless  he  has  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  latest  previous  college 
term  or  semester  and  obtains  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean.  No  student 
may  receive  credit  for  more  than  twenty-one  hours  in  a  semester  under  any 
circumstances. 

A  freshman  student  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory 
science  courses  in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
student's  official  advisor. 

Any  student  who  is  permitted  to  take  more  than  eighteen  semester  hours 
of  work  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student  tuition  for  each  additional 
hour  per  semester. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  at  the  same 
time  he  is  enrolled  in  Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  Associate 
Dean. 


98 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE 

A  student  cannot  change  classes  or  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  ex- 
cept by  the  consent  of  the  Associate  Dean,  his  faculty  adviser,  and  all  faculty 
members  concerned.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester 
do  not  appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two 
weeks  and  before  the  middle  of  a  semester  are  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn 
passing)  or  WF  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  dropped  after  the  middle  of  a 
semester  are  recorded  as  failures.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  at  any  time  without 
securing  the  required  approvals,  he  receives  an  F  in  that  course. 

WITHDRAWAL 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  from  college  within  any  term  must  obtain 
permission  from  the  Associate  Dean  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be 
considered  unless  this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business 
Office. 

Refunds  upon  withdrawal  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  elsewhere  in  this 
catolog  imder  the  heading  of  "Financial  Regulations." 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  college  with  permission  after  the  first  two 
weeks  of  a  semester  is  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or  WF  (withdrawn 
failing)  in  each  course.  A  student  who  withdraws  without  pennission  receives 
a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or 
any  other  circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose 
for  which  he  should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  .student  at 
any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except 
that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any 
charges. 

No  student  who  withdraws  from  college  for  whatever  reason  is  entitled  to 
a  report  card  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until  he  shall  have  settled  his  account 
in  the  Business  Office. 

AUTOMATIC  EXCLUSION 

To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester  six  hours  of 
academic  work. 

After  the  first  half  year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours  of  academic 
work  each  semester  to  continue  in  college. 

Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  aca- 
demic probation  without  automatic  exclusion  is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure 
may  petition  in  writing  for  readmission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted 
unless  convincing  evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual 
causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that  the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory 
record  during  the  subsequent  semester. 

99 


PROBATION 

Probation  is  defined  as  follows: 

Academic  Probation — 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain  in  college,  but  make  in  any 
semester  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Re- 
stricted attendance  privileges  apply  for  all  courses  in  which  such  students 
are  enrolled. 

Students  who  are  on  probation  may  be  removed  by  making  a  2.00  quality 
point  index  during  a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Mill- 
saps  College  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled  for  at  least  twelve  hours 
credit.  A  student  is  asked  not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  he  is  on 
academic  probation  more   than   two   semesters   during  his   college   program. 

Disciplinary  Probation — 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  the  regulations  of  the  College  may 
at  the  discretion  of  the  appropriate  dean  or  faculty  committee  be  placed 
on  disciplinary  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  may  apply  for 
such  a  student  in  all  courses  in  which  he  is  enrolled. 

CLASS  ATTENDANCE 

Irregular  attendance  is  an  indication  to  the  faculty  member  that  the  student 
may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to  the  work  of  the  course  or  to  college  in 
general.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  with  students  with  respect  to 
their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but  in  the  following  circumstances,  the 
faculty  member  is  expected  to  bring  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  attention  of  the  Dean  of  Students: 

1.  For  a  freshman  —  whenever  his  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the 
number  of  class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student  — 

a.  When  he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings  for  reasons 
unknown  to  the  instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's   absence  record  is   such  that  he  is   in  danger 
of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  to  the  Dean  of  Students  is  for  counseling  purposes 
only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the  student's  grade  in  the  course. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  for  themselves  the  manner  and  extent 
to  which  absences  alone  will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is 
expected  to  outline  his  policy  in  this  respect  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal  from  the  course  with  a  grade  of 
"F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  ex- 
cused absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course 
work  that  was  presented  in  his  absence.  Explanations  for  a  student's  absence 
provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  or  administra- 
tion may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explanations  are  not  in 
themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  in- 
volving missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar 
scheduled  commitments.    Faculty  members,   however,  may   not  excuse   students 

100 


from  attendance  on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days  following  vacation 
periods  without  the  express  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  becoming  familiar  with  the  general  attend- 
ance policy  of  the  College  and  with  the  particular  policies  operative  in  his  classes. 
Further  elaboration  of  the  policies  and  procedures  relating  to  attendance  are  to 
be  found  in  the  student  handbook,  MAJOR  FACTS. 

SENIOR  EXEMPTIONS 

Seniors  may  be  exempt  from  final  examination  in  all  subjects  in  which 
they  have  maintained  a  grade  of  C.  These  exemptions  are  allowed  only  at  the 
end  of  the  semester  in  which  they  complete  the  comprehensive  examination  for 
graduation.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption  does  not  insure 
the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two  weeks 
shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be 
exempt  from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in 
which  they  complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and 
failed  in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from 
the  Associate  Dean. 

STUDENT  BEHAVIOR 

Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal, 
social  and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the 
community,  its  members  and  its  property.  The  use  of  intoxicating  beverages  is 
not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational  emphasis  of  Mill- 
saps  College.  The  use  or  possession  of  alcoholic  beverages  within  the  boundaries 
of  the  campus  or  at  functions  sponsored  by  an  organization  of  the  college  is 
prohibited.  The  use,  possession,  or  distribution  of  narcotics  or  dangerous  drugs 
except  as  expressly  permitted  by  law  is  likewise  prohibited. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  is  contained  in  the  student  handbook. 
Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  academics,  residence  halls  and  other  facets  of 
campus  life  are  included  in  this  and  other  publications  available  through  the 
Student  Affairs  Office. 


101 


Part  V 


Student  Life 


RELIGIOUS  ACTIVITIES 

Millsaps  College,  as  an  institution  of  The  United  Methodist  Church,  seeks 
to  be  a  genuinely  Christian  college.  The  faculty  is  composed  of  scholars  who 
are  committed  to  religious  and  ethical  values  and  who  strive  to  fulfill  the 
highest  ideals  of  personal  devotion  and  of  community  citizenship.  The  great 
majority  of  the  students  are  members  of  various  Christian  denominations  or  groups 
whose  purposes  and  interests  are  in  consonance  with  those  of  the  College.  The 
religious  life  of  the  College  centers  around  the  churches  of  Jackson  and  the 
campus  religious  program. 

Stimulation  and  coordination  of  the  religious  life  of  the  campus  is  the 
function  of  the  Director  of  Religious  Life  and  of  the  Committee  on  Religious 
Activities.  The  Director  of  Religious  Life  maintains  direct  contact  with  student 
religious  groups  to  encourage  and  support  their  activities,  and  his  office  pro- 
vides religious  counseling  and  assistance  both  to  groups  and  to  individual  students. 
The  Religious  Activities  Committee,  consisting  of  faculty  and  student  members, 
attempts  to  determine  the  religious  needs  of  the  college  community  and,  in 
cooperation  with  the  Director  of  Religious  Life,  to  provide  special  programs 
and  emphases   as  required. 

Student  religious  groups  vary  widely  and  in  recent  years  have  tended  to 
become  less  formal  and  structured  than  formerly.  Students  desiring  the  more 
structured  type  of  young  adult  programs  are  encouraged  to  affiliate  with  estab- 
lished activities  in  local  churches  of  their  choice.  Some  campus  groups  are 
organized  along  denominational  lines,  while  others  have  a  more  ecumenical 
orientation  and  attempt  to  provide  discussion,  study,  activities  and  projects  which 
will  appeal  to  all  students,  whether  or  not  they  are  affiliated  with  a  specific 
church.  An  effort  is  made  to  provide  some  opportunities  for  regular  worship  on 
the  campus  for  all  students,  and  for  special  programs,  lecturers  and  other 
activities  as  appropriate.  The  J.  Lloyd  Decell  Lectureship,  established  by  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  provides  funds  for  bringing  to  the  campus  special  lecturers 
and  other  programs  which  emphasize  religious  issues  and  concerns. 

The  Ministerial  League  has  provided  special  programs  and  field  work 
appropriate  to  the  needs  of  students  preparing  for  the  Christian  ministry  or 
other  full-time  religious  vocations.  The  Director  of  Town  and  Country  Work 
offers  courses  in  the  Department  of  Religion  bearing  on  the  opportunities  and 
responsibilities  of  the  parish  ministry.  The  Director  also  works  with  those  students 
holding  church  appointments  and  preparing  to  go  into  the  active  ministry, 
helping  them  to  plan  and  organize  adequate  programs  in  their  parishes. 

All  administrators  and  faculty  members  consider  it  a  part  of  their  respon- 
sibilities to  counsel  with  students  about  their  religious  life  and  problems  in  an 
effort  to  help  the  student  come  to  a  mature  interpretation  of  the  total  life 
experience.  In  this  maturing  process  the  development  of  sound  religious  and 
ethical   values   and   commitment   is   considered   a   very   necessary   element. 

MILLSAPS  CONVOCATION  SERIES 

Millsaps  College  recognizes  that  its  responsibility  for  liberal  education  goes 
beyond  provision  of  a  curriculum  of  academic  courses  and  credits. 

The  Millsaps  Convocation  Series  is  designed  to  offer  rich  co-curricular 
opportunities  to  Millsaps  students  and  to  the  general  public,  opportunities  for 
awareness  and   appreciation   of  the   arts,  for  understanding  of  the  work  of  the 

104 


various   sciences,   and  for   alertness   to   the   intellectual   and   social   issues   which 
responsible  persons  must  face  intelligently. 

The  Series  consists  of  lectures,  plays,  movies,  readings,  concerts,  recitals, 
panels,  symposia,  open  forums,  and  other  programs  led  by  students,  faculty, 
and  visiting  lecturers,  performers,  or  public  figures.  AH  these  have  to  do  with 
the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation  of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world 
of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all  its  richness  and  complexity, 
and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature  judgment. 

ATHLETICS 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that 
athletics  exist  for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the 
prestige  and  publicity  of  the  college. 

It  is  believed  that  competitive  sports,  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of 
good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play,  can  make  a  significant  contribution,  in  the 
same  way  as  other  student  activities,  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional, 
moral,  and  mental  development  of  the  well-rounded  individual  and  that  they 
are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a  program  of  liberal  education.  Toward  this 
end,  an  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program  and  to  encourage 
as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate  in  some  form  of  intramural  or 
intercollegiate  athletic  competition. 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 

1.  The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  tennis,  golf, 
archery,    and    track.     There    is    no    intercollegiate    program    for    women. 

2.  The  program  is  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Col- 
legiate   Athletic    Association    of    which    Millsaps    College    is    a    member. 

3.  Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  ob- 
serve   and    maintain    the    same    academic    standards    as    other    students. 

4.  In  scheduling  games,  preference  is  given  to  colleges  that  conduct  an  athletic 
program  on  a  basis  similar  to  that  at  Millsaps. 

Intramural  Athletics 

1.  The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in 
basketball,  volleyball,  Softball,  tennis,  track,  soccer,  and  golf.  Rules  are 
made  and  administered  by  the  Intramural  Council,  composed  of  student 
representatives  with  the  Intramural  Director  as  an  ex-officio  member. 

2.  The  program  for  women  is  administered  by  a  faculty  Director,  assisted  by 
the  Majorette  Club,  whose  student  members  head  the  teams  that  compete 
in  such  sports  as  badminton,  volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  and  softball.  Elec- 
tion to  this  club  provides  recognition  for  athletic  participation. 

Athletic  Facilities 

1.  The  gymnasium  provides  a  large  playing  floor  for  volleyball,  badminton,  and 
basketball.  It  has  dressing  rooms  for  all  teams,  a  room  for  visiting  teams, 
trainer's  room  complete  with  equipment  for  injuries,  a  class  room,  and  shower 
and  locker  rooms  for  students. 

2.  The  baseball  diamond,  separate  from  the  football  field,  is  also  used  as  the 
intramural  soccer  field.  There  are  also  softball  diamonds  and  a  quarter- 
mile  track. 

3.  Five  tennis  courts  are  situated  near  the  gjonnasium. 

4.  A  nine-hole  golf  course  is  available  for  use  by  all  students. 

105 


PUBLICATIONS 

THE  PURPLE  AND  WHITE 

The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  College,  and 
its  staff  is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus  journalism.  The  P&W 
endeavors  to  provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a 
forum  for  discussion  and  exploration  of  ideas. 

THE  BOBASHELA 

Now  in  its  sixty-fifth  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication 
of  Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensvie  view  of  campus  life. 
"Bobashela"  is  an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

THE  STYLUS 

Through  Stylus,  the  College  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  crea- 
tive writing  are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication 
comes  out  twice  each  year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays 
submitted  by  Millsaps  students. 

MUSIC,  DRAMA  AND  DEBATE 

THE  MILLSAPS  SINGERS 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public 
performances,  campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout  the  state  and  to  other 
areas  of  our  United  States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado; 
to  Washington,  D.  C;  to  Atlanta,  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour; 
and  to  Mexico.  The  choir  has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra 
three  times,  the  Jackson  Symphony,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra,  and  the 
New  Orleans  Philharmonic.  Last  year  Dave  Brubeck  appeared  with  the  choir 
for  performances  both  here  and  in  Atlanta  for  the  Southeast  Choral  Conductors 
Convention.  Membership  earns  two  semester  hour  of  extracurricular  credit  for 
the  year's  work. 

TROUBADOURS 

The  Troubadours  represent  Millsaps  College  locally,  throughout  Mississippi, 
the  South,  and  frequently  abroad.  In  1964  they  toured  military  installations  in 
Germany  and  France  for  eight  weeks.  In  1967  they  were  featured  in  a  concert 
with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra.  During  that  summer  they  went  to  the 
Caribbean  Command,  performing  for  the  Armed  Forces  under  the  auspices  of 
the  USO.  In  1969,  they  returned  to  Europe  for  eight  weeks,  with  programs 
scheduled  in  Germany,  Holland  and  Belgium.  In  1970,  they  performed  at  U.  S. 
bases  in  Greenland,  Labrador  and  Newfoundland.  They  were  invited  for  the 
third  time  to  tour  the  US  bases  in  Europe  during  the  summer  of  1971. 

Fourteen  students  comprise  the  singing  group  and  present  a  variety  program 
of  popular,  folk,  and  semi-classical  music,  in  a  lively,  fast-moving  show  that  uses 
choreography  and  is  accompanied  by  piano,  percussion  and  bass. 

THE  MILLSAPS  PLAYERS 

The  dramatic  club  of  the  College  is  The  Millsaps  Players,  which  presents 
four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions  of  recent  years  include 
"The  American  Dream,"  "The  Sea  Gull,"  "The  Threepenny  Opera,"  "My  Fair 
Lady,"  "Julius   Caesar,"   "The   Unsinkable   Molly  Brown,"   "Becket,"  "Androcles 

106 


and  the  Lion,"  "The  Zoo  Story,"  "Camino  Real,"  "Macbeth,"  "Luther,"  "Oliverl" 
"Antigone,"  and  "The  Lion  in  Winter." 

Membership  in  The  Players  is  open  to  all  students,  and  effective  participa- 
tion in  the  productions  earns  one  extracurricular  credit  each  semester. 

DEBATE 

Since  the  College  was  founded,  debate  and  forensics  has  occupied  an  im- 
portant place  in  its  activities.  Teams  from  Millsaps  participate  in  several  tourna- 
ments annually,  competing  against  teams  from  all  sections  of  the  nation.  Students 
may  receive  curricular  or  extracurricular  credit  for  participation  in  debate. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

MILLSAPS  STUDENT  ASSOCIATION 

The  Millsaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Student  Senate  and 
officers  elected  by  the  student  body.  The  president,  vice-president,  secretary, 
and  treasurer  are  elected  annually  from  the  student  body.  Members  of  the 
Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  groups  which  they  represent. 

Meetings  of  the  Student  Senate  are  held  weekly,  with  other  meetings  called 
when  the  student  body  president  considers  them  necessary.  All  members  of 
the  student  body  automatically  become  members  of  the  Student  Association. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  act  in  the  administra- 
tion of  student  affairs,  to  cooperate  with  the  administration  in  the  orientation 
program  of  the  college,  to  apportion  the  student  activities  fee,  to  maintain 
understanding  between  students  and  faculty,  and  to  work  for  the  benefit  of  the 
student  body  and  for  the  progress  of  the  College. 

HONOR  SOCIETIES 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at 
the  University  of  Alabama  in  1926.  Its  purpose  is  to  promote  the  interests 
of  pre-medical  students.  Leadership,  scholarship,  e.xpertness,  character,  and 
personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership. 
Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  strives  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical 
schools. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes 
members  of  the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting, 
directing,  make-up.  stage  management,  costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity.  Each 
year  the  name  of  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  member  of  the  organization 
is  engraved  on  a  trophy,  which  is  kept  in  the  college  trophy  case. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  College  in  1968,  is  a  national 
honor  fraternity  for  students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to 
stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  promote  the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth, 
and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life  sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held 
to  discuss  new  ideas,  research  and  other  material  pertinent  to  biology  and 
related  sciences.  Activities  include  off-campus  field  trips  and  the  invitation  of 
nationally  prominent   lecturers   to   the   campus. 

Chi  Chi  Chi  membership  is  earned  through  outstanding  scholarship  in  the 
study  of  chemistry.  The  organization  promotes  the  interest  of  chemistry  students 

107 


by  sponsoring   numerous   visiting   lecturers,    and   by  providing   assistance   to    the 
Chemistry  Department  vi'hen  needed. 

Chi  Delta  is  a  local  honorary  literary  society  fostering  creative  writing 
among  the  women  students  at  Millsaps.  Membership  includes  women  members 
of  the  faculty  and  student  body  who  are  interested  in  writing. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  founded  at  Millsaps  during  the  1920's 
but  became  dormant  toward  the  end  of  World  War  II  because  of  limited  civilian 
enrollment.  Eta  Sigma  was  re-established  on  Millsaps  Campus  in  1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical 
studies.    Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,   1935. 

Gamma  Gamma  is  a  Greek  leadership  honorary  established  at  Millsaps 
College  in  1965.  Its  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  to  encourage  meritorious  service 
to  the  Greek  system  and  to  the  College.  Gamma  Gamma  seeks  improved  and 
more  harmonious  relations  among  the  fraternal  organizations  and  also  between  the 
fraternal  system  and  the  entire  College  community. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause 
of  education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideals  among 
those  preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Kit  Kat  is  a  literary  fraternity  with  a  selected  membership  of  men  students 
and  faculty  members  who  have  literary  ambition  and  ability.  Programs  consist 
of  original  papers  read  by  the  members  and  criticized  by  the  group. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  men's  leadership  honor  society  with  chapters  in 
principal  colleges  and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members 
of  the  student  body  and  faculty  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with 
a    limited   number  of   alumni   and   supporters   who   plan   for   the   betterment    of 

the  College.  Membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  distinct  honor. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment 
and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose 
is  to  honor  those  students  having  earned  a  minimum  of  eighteen  semester  hours 
in  French,  and  who  have  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary 
members  are  chosen  from  among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have 
special  interest  in  the  activities  of  this  organization. 

Pi  Kappa  Delta  is  a  national  honorary  which  recognize  those  who  have  dis- 
tinguished themselves   in   intercollegiate   debate   and   forensic   activity. 

Psi  Delta  Chi  is  a  local  honorary  recognizing  both  interest  and  ability  in 
the  social  sciences.  Although  honorary  status  is  reserved  for  students  of  demon- 
strated ability,  active  membership  is  open  to  all  interested  students. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those 
students  who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to 
provide  a  forum  for  the  further  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at 
Millsaps  College  on  February  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attain- 
ment and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature. 
Membership  is  open  to  students  with  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects 
who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B"  average  in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to 
those  having  at  least  three  college  years  of  Spanish  including  a  minimum 
of  three  hours  of  literature. 

108 


Sigma  Lambda  membership  is  the  highest  honor  a  Millsaps  woman  can 
receive.  To  be  considered  for  membership,  a  woman  must  be  of  junior  standing, 
must  have  a  2.8  over-all  point  index,  and  must  have  exhibited  qualities  of 
leadership,  character,  and  service  to  the  college  community.  The  present  group 
has  petitioned  Mortar  Board,   a  national  leadership   honorary,    for   membership. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores, 
juniors,  and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who 
fulfill  certain  specified  qualifications.  The  purpose  is  furthering  general  interest 
in  the  sciences. 

FRATERNITIES  AND  SORORITIES 

There  are  four  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities 
and  sororities  are  all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organiza- 
tions. 

The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta, 
Phi  Mu,  and  Zeta  Tau  Alpha. 

The  fraternities  are  Kappa  Alpha,  Kappa  Sigma, 
Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and  Pi  Kappa  Alpha. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the 
Panhellenic  Council  and  the  Interfratemity  Council  in  cooperation  with  the 
Committee  on  Social  Organizations. 

Fraternities  and  sororities  select  students  for  membership  during  a  week 
of  school  known  as  Rush  Week.  At  the  end  of  Rush  Week  these  organizations 
offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they  have  selected.  Eligibility  for  member- 
ship in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by  the  following  regulations: 

A.  General  Conditions 

1.  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  12  academic  hours) 
may  be  pledged  to  a  sorority  or  fraternity. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  his  official 
registration  for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Registrar's  Office. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of 
its  prosepective  initiates  from  the  Registrar  prior  to  the  initiation  cere- 
monies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can 
be  initiated  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  except  by  permission  of  the  Social 
Organizations   Committee. 

B.  Scholastic  Requirements 

1.  To  be  eligible  for  initiation  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  a  student  must 
have  earned  in  his  most  recent  semester  of  residence  as  many  as  twenty- 
four  quality  points,  and  in  the  same  semester  as  many  as  twelve  semester 
hours  of  academic  credit,  and  must  not  have  fallen  below  D  in  more 
than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall 
receive  an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic 
averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester 
for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes. 

109 


ACTIVITY  GROUPS 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  in  order  to  provide  an  organization  for  the 
informal  study  of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At 
Christmas  the  annual  "Weihnachtsfest"  has  already  become  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  im- 
prove the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  Black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 
It  invites  the  active  participation  of  all  Black  students  on  the   campus. 

The  Millsaps  Circle  K  Club  is  a  service  organization  jointly  sponsored  by  the 
College  administration  and  the  Jackson  Downtown  Kiwanis  Club.  With  member- 
ship open  upon  petition  to  all  interested  and  qualified  male  students,  Circle  K  is 
active  both  on  the  campus  and  in  the  community.  Various  service  projects  are 
sponsored  to  promote  cultural,  social,  and  individual  enrichment,  as  well  as  the 
development  of  responsible  leadership. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 

The  Founder's  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has  the  highest 
quality  index  for  his  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent 
on  his  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students  who  have  done  at  Millsaps 
College  all  the  work  required  for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or 
junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must  be 
a  candidate  for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a  minimum  of  thirty  semester 
hours  of  college  work  during  the  year  in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him. 
No  student  can  win  this  medal  a  second  time. 

The  John  C.  Carter  Medal  for  Oratory  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student 
who  presents  the  best  original  oration  in  the  oratorical  contest.  This  contest, 
open  to  men  and  women  students,  is  held  in  December  of  each  year. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents 
the  best  and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course  in  Millsaps  College. 

The  Buie  Medal  for  Declamation,  open  to  freshmen  and  sophomores,  cannot 
be  awarded  to  any  student  more  than  once.  The  contest  for  this  medal  is  held 
at  Commencement  each  year. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest 
of  women  in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25.00  to  the  girl  having 
the  highest  average  for  the  year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psy- 
chology, sociology,  economics,  or  other  courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached  by  a 
ministerial  student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Commencement  Sunday. 
This  annual  award,  established  by  the  Galloway  family  in  honor  of  the  late 
Bishop  Galloway,  is  a  medal. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the 
graduating  class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  The  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards,  the 
Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award,  and  The  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year  to 
those  students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

110 


Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a 
national  society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a 
certificate  of  merit  to  the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  gradu- 
ating class. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  annually 
to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General  Chemistry  a  hand- 
book of  chemistry  and  physics. 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  was  established  in  1958  in 
honor  of  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Romance  Languages, 
who  retired  as  Chairman  of  that  department  in  1956.  This  award  is  given  to  a 
student  in  Intermediate  French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the 
language  and  for  general  interest  and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of 
French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is  intended  to  encourage  students 
on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in  the  field  of  French  litera- 
ture, and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome 
volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural 
Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and 
qualifications  for  the  student  in  Intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders 
Award  in  French  has  for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the 
honor  conferred,  consists  of  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume 
devoted  to  some  aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical 
student  selected  by  the  faculty.  The  award  is  given  anonymously  by  an  alumnus 
of  the  College  as  a  memorial  to  the  late  W.  O.  Tatum,  who  was  for  many  years  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  College. 

Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German 
Federal  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  pre- 
sents appropriate  book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German 
language  and  literature. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  an- 
nually to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  distinguished  himself  in  the  study  of 
German  at  Millsaps. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for 
his  or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  Creative  Arts  is  a  cash 
award  derived  from  the  income  each  year  from  a  $3000.00  grant  given  to  Mill- 
saps  College  in  1963  by  the  Henry  Bellamann  Memorial  Foundation  and  is 
intended  to  recognize  the  achievements  of  the  student  doing  the  most  outstanding 
work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts  —  in  writing,  in  composing,  or  in  one  of  the 
graphic  arts. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal 
of  New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in  the  field  of  Economics 
and  Business  Ardministration. 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  the  field 
of  mathematics.  The  winner  is  chosen  on  the  basis  of  grades  in  freshman 
mathematics    and    the    score    on    the    placement    tests    given    to    those    who    have 

111 


the  grade  of  A  in  both  courses.  The  Junior  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually 
to  three  majors  of  junior  level  who  show  promise  in  the  field  of  mathematics. 
Each  recipient  is  given  a  year's  membership  in  the  American  Mathematical 
Society. 


lety. 

The  Biology  Award.    The   Department   of  Biology  recognizes    annually 
itanding  member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 


an 


outstanding  member 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  is  made  to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic 
average  in  second  year  Latin. 

The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  department  presents  annually  to 
the  two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General  Physics  copies 
of  the  "Handbook  of  Physics  and  Chemistry." 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  most  outstand- 
ing senior  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this  responsibility.  This 
award  was  established  by  a  donor  in  honor  of  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass, 
and  is  given  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  competence,  leadership,  and  promise  of 
future  usefulness  and  dedication. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a  chemistry 
honorary,  each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  most  outstanding  graduating  senior  in 
the  field  of  chemistry. 

Economics  and  Business  Administration  Awards.  The  Department  has  estab- 
lished three  Outstanding  Student  Awards  to  be  presented  each  year,  one  in 
each  of  the  major  fields.  The  award  in  each  case  is  based  upon  outstand- 
ing achievement  in  15  hours  of  selected  courses  in  the  respective  major 
and  upon  the  percentile  score  achieved  on  the  objective  portion  of  the  compre- 
hensive exam  program. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department 
established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  most 
outstanding  senior  graduating  in  Political  Science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities 
of  excellence  in  his  academic  career,  personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the 
highest  ideals  of  the  public  good  in  a  democratic  society. 

The  American  Bible  Society  Award.  This  award,  a  copy  of  the  United 
Bible  Societies'  Greek/English  Wide  Margin  Loose-Leaf  New  Testament,  is 
presented  to  a  student  nominated  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Religion 
for  excellence  in  achievement  in  studies  in  the  field  of  Religion. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award.  The  Mis- 
sissippi Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  has  recognized  the  program 
of  study  in  accountancy  at  Millsaps  as  satisfying  its  requirements  for  recog- 
nition, by  making  available  an  award,  a  specially  designed  medal,  which  is 
to  be  presented  to  the  student  majoring  in  accountancy  who  has  shown  superior 
achievement  in  his  accounting  courses. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the 
Millsaps  College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society, 
Division  of  Analytical  Chemistry  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  under- 
graduate in  Analytical  Chemistry. 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  given  each  year 
to  the  senior  sociology  major  who  achieves  the  highest  score  on  the  standardized 
national  examinations  in  sociology. 

112 


Part  VI 


Register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

OFFICERS 

James  B.  Campbell  Chairman 

E.  J.  Pendergrass  Vice  Chairman 

Joe  T.   Humphries  Secretary 

W.   M.  Buie  — - Treasurer 

REGULAR  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1971 

Norman    U.    Boone   . — _ Jackson 

Joe  T.  Humphries  _ - Greenwood 

J.  Willard  Leggett,  Jr.  Jackson 

James   T.   McCafferty   ._. —  New   Albany 

Jesse   E.    Brent    Greenville 

Hyman  F.   McCarty  Magee 

C.    R.    Ridgway   - Jackson 

Mike    P.    Stiirdivant    .._ ._.Glendora 

Term  Expires  in  1974 

Blanton   Doggett  Greenville 

G.  H.  Holloman  Tupelo 

G.  Eliot  Jones  Laurel 

J.   D.    Slay   Heidelberg 

E.  H.   Bacot  Pascagoula 

John    Egger   Meridian 

C.    M.    Murry .....Oxford 

Jack  Reed   Tupelo 

SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  in  1972 

Mrs.    Lula  Anderson   Gulfport 

W.   F.   Appleby ..Corinth 

J.   Oliver  Emmerich  McComb 

Robert  L.  Ezelle  _. Jackson 

Alan  R.  Holmes  ....South  Orange,  N.  J. 

Robert  O.   May  Greenville 

John   M.   Tatum   Hattiesburg 

Tenn  Expires  in  1975 

Fred   Adams,   Jr Jackson 

G.   C.  Cortright  Rolling  Fork 

Morris  Lewis,  Jr.   Indianola 

David   A.    Mcintosh   1 Meridian 

W.   H.    Mounger   Jackson 

N.    S.    Rogers    Houston,    Te.\. 

Tom   B.   Scott,   Jr.   ...Jackson 

TRUSTEES  EMERITI 

Roy    Boggan    _ Tupelo 

Fred  B.  Smith Ripley 

Ben   M.    Stevens,   Sr Richton 

114 


STANDING  COMMITTEES   OF  THE   BOARD   OF  TRUSTEES 

1970-71 

Academic   Committee:     Jack   Reed,    Chairman;    N.    U.    Boone,    Blanton    Doggett, 
John  Egger,  Oliver  Emmerich,  David  Mcintosh,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


Audit    Committee:     Jesse    E.    Brent,    Chairman;    Blanton    Doggett,    J. 
Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


D.    Slay, 


Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee:  C.  R.  Ridgway,  Chairman;  Mrs.  Lula 
Anderson,  E.  H.  Bacot,  G.  Eliot  Jones,  Robert  May,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Executvie  Committee:  J.  B.  Campbell,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent,  W.  M.  Buie, 
John  Egger,  Garland  Holloman,  W.  H.  Mounger,  E.  J.  Pendergrass,  Jack 
Reed,  N.  S.  Rogers,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

External  Affairs  Committee:  Garland  Holloman,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent, 
James  T.  McCafferty,  J.   D.  Slay,  John  M.  Tatum,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Finance  Committee:  W.  H.  Mounger,  Chairman;  Fred  Adams,  W.  M.  Buie,  J.  B. 
Campbell,  Alan  Holmes,  J.  W.  Leggett,  Jr.,  Morris  Lewis,  Jr.,  Hyman  F.  Mc- 
Carty,  E.  J.  Pendergrass,  N.  S.  Rogers,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Mike  P.  Sturdivant, 
Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Long  Range  Development  Committee:  W.  Merle  Mann,  Chairman;  Joe  N.  Bailey, 
Jr.,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Mrs.  Crawford  Enochs,  W.  F.  Goodman,  Jr.,  Robert 
M.  Hearin,  J.  Hennan  Hines,  Joe  T.  Humphries,  J.  W.  Leggett,  Jr.,  Hyman 
F.  McCarty,  C.  M.  Murry,  C.  R.  Ridgway,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Ben  M. 
Stevens,  Sr.,  Mike  P.  Sturdivant,  Thomas  R.  Ward,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  C.  M.  Murry,  Chairman;  W.  F.  Appleby,  G.  Cauley 
Cortright,  R.  L.  Ezelle,  Joe  T.  Humphries,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


115 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

EDWARD  M.  COLLINS,  JR.  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

President 

"HAROLD  S.  JACOBY A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the  Faculty  and  Dean  of  the  Summer  School 

JOHN  HARVEY  SAUNDERS  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Dean-Designate  of  the  Faculty 

PAUL   DOUGLAS   HARDIN   A.B.,  A.M. 

Associate  Dean,  Registrar,  and  Director  of  Admissions 

JOHN   H.    CHRISTMAS    B.S.,  A.M. 

Dean  of  Students 

J.   WALTON   LIPSCOMB,    III   B.S.,  CPA 

Controller  and  Assistant  Treasurer 

JAMES  W.  WOOD  A.B.,  B.S. 

Business  Manager 

JOHN  C.  OLIVER  A.B. 

Director  of  Development  and  Public  Relations 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

DAVID  W.  BOYDSTUN 

Director  of  Data  Processing  Office 

SAMUEL  G.  COLE  A.B. 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 

HOWARD  L.  CORDER B.S.,  M.Ed. 

Dean  of  Men  and  Basketball  Coach 

JAMES   J.    LI VES AY   A.B . 

Associate  Director  of  Development  for  Alumni  and  Church  Relations 

RAY  H.  LOLCAMA  A.B. 

College  Buyer 

JANE   ROSSON  A.B. 

Acting  Dean  of  Women 

RICHARD  D.  WILCOX  B.S. 

Director  of  Public  Information 

JACK  L.   WOODWARD   .. A.B.,  B.D. 

Director  of  Financial  Aid  and  Director  of  Religious  Life 

RONALD  A.   YARBROUGH  A.B. 

Admissions  Counselor 


'Resignation  effective  July  1,  1971. 
116 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITUS  FACULTY 
ELIZABETH  CRAIG   ( 1926 )    Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,    Barnard    College,    Columbia    University;    A.M.,    Columbia    University; 

Diplome   de  la   Sorbonne,   Ecole  de   preparation   des  professeurs   de  francais 

a   I'etranger,   Faculte   des   Lettres,   Universite   de  Paris;    Advanced    Graduate 

Work,  Columbia  University;  Palmes  Academiques 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN   (1935)       Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

ALBERT  GODFREY  SANDERS   ( 1919)    Librarian  Emeritus 

A.B.,  Southwestern  (Texas);  A.B.,  Yale  University;  Rhodes  Scholar, 
1907-1910;  A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Oxford;  L.H.D.,  Millsaps  College 

THURSTON  WALLS   (1957)    Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

(The  year  in  parentheses  after  each  name  indicates  the 
first  year  of  service  at  Millsaps  College) 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS   ( 1965) Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  Texas  Western  College;  LL.B.,  University  of  Texas 

ROBERT  E.  ANDING  ( 1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Religion 

Director  of  Town  and  Country  Work 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College  ;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  ( 1965 )    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York) ; 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966)    Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER  (1966)    Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

B.A.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

•RONDAL  EDWARD  BELL  ( 1960)   Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A  B.,  William  Jewell  College;  M.S.,  University  if  New  Mexico 

"ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK   ( 1953)    Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.   (1962)    Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.   (1967)  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963)  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M..  Mississippi  College 

"On  Leave,  Spring  1971 

117 


FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN   ( 1966 )    .  .  .   Instructor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959)    Milton  ChriMian  White  Professor 

of  English  Literature 
A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky  ;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN   ( 1960)    Associate  Professor  of 

Romance  Languages 
A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanicos 
de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  ( 1959 )    Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN   ( 1960)    Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

*MICKEY  KENNETH  CLAMPIT  (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Northwestern  University;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967)    .  .  .   Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Work,  Uppsala  University  (Sweden), 
University  of  Hawaii;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

EDWARD  M.  COLLINS,  JR.  (1970)  Professor  of  Speech 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  M.A.,  Southern  University  of  Iowa; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  ( 1927)    Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B  ,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Univesrity  of  Pennsylvania;  Graduate  Work, 

American  Academy  in  Rome,  B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 

Graduate  Work  in  Voice,  Bordeaux,  France;  A.M.  (German),  University  of 

Mississippi;  Advanced  Study,  Goethe  Institut,  Germany 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964)    Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958)    Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967)   Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

DONALD  ERNEST  FAULKNER  (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester 

MACK  TILLMAN  FINLEY  ( 1970)   Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  Austin  Peay  College  ;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

GENIA  MOREHEAD  FOGELSON   (1969)    .    Instructor  of  Romance  Languages 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College  ;  M.A.,  New  York  University 

CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY  ( 1939 )    Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

RONALD  A.  GOODBREAD    Instructor  in   History 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro 

LANCE  GOSS  ( 1950)    Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Northwestern  University;  Special  Study, 

The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop, 

The  University  of  Southern  California 

"On  leave,  SprinR   1971 
118 


"JOHN  L.  GUEST  ( 1957 )   Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas  ;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in 
Germanic  Philology,  Bonn  University ;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN  ( 1946 )    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College  ;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  ( 1952)   Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women  ;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

DANIEL  G.  HISE  ( 1969)    Instructor  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

THOMAS  MICHAEL  HOLT  (1970)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music;  M.M  ,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 

"'ORVEL  E.  HOOKER  ( 1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  Forensics 

B.A.,  Ouachita  University;  S.T.B.,  S.T.M.,  Temple  University 

HAROLD  S.  JACOBY  (1968)    Visiting  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  College  of  the  Pacific;  A.M.,  Northwestern  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

JUDY  ANN  JOHNSON  ( 1970)   Instructor  in  Romance  Languages 

B.A  ,  Millsaps  College;  M.A.,  Bice  University 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON   ( 1954 )    Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College 

MARSHALL  THEODORE  KEYS  ( 1970)   Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  Rutgers;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER    ( 1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  ( 1949)  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  (1953)    Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY  ( 1956 )    Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami  (Florida)  ;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III  ( 1959)    Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College  ;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE  ( 1963 )    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  ( 1962)   Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS  (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  ( 1969)   Assistant  Professor  or  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  ( 1967)   Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Waterloo 

"On  leave,  1970-71 
"•Re.signed,  Spring  1971 

119 


JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  ( 1959)    Professor  and  Director  of 

Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College  ;  A.M.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  ( 1968 )   Instructor,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College ;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE  ( 1960)   Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Alabama; 
Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE   ( 1923)    Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD   (1947)      .      Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS   (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960)  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University; 
Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1969 )    Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

CARL  O.  PENNY  ( 1969 )    Instructor  in  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  ( 1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York)  ; 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY  ( 1946 )    Professor  of  Geology 

B  S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

JOHN  ADRIAN  RADEMAKER  ( 1971)   Visiting  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  College  of  Puget  Sound;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washintgon 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  ( 1964 )    Instructor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University 

"LEE  H.  REIFF  ( 1960)   Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE  (1965)       Assistant  Professor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M  L.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

PATRICIA  ALINE  RICHARDSON  (1966)        .    Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University; 

Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Mississippi  State  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  University  of  Tennessee 

WILLIAM  D.  ROWELL  ( 1968)  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Memphis  Academy  of  Arts;  M.F.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

"On  leave,  Spring,   1970-71 
120 


ANNE  BARRON  SAFLEY  ( 1970 )    Instructor,  Reference  Librarian 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University;  A.M.L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

"WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  ( 1968)   Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  ;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

"HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  JR.   (1967)    Assistant  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University ;  Diploma  de  Cours  de  Civilization 
Francaise  a  la  Sorbonne,  Paris;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  ( 1969 )   Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

GUY  THOMPSON  SOLIE  ( 1970)   .   Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

A  B.,  Duke  University;  M.B.A.,  Wharton  School  of  Finance  and  Commerce, 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Woodrow  Wilson  Fellow 

HENRY  R.  SPIVEY  ( 1971 )   Instructor  in  Biology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama 

GEORGE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON   (1963)    Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  LL.D.,  Mississippi  College 

JONATHAN  SWEAT  ( 1958)   Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D  ,  The  University  of  Michigan 

JAMES  K.  VAN  HOUTEN  (1969)   Assistant  Professor  of  German 

B.A.,  Hunter  College;  Eberhard-Karls-Universitat,  Tubingen  ;  Freie  Universitat, 
Berlin  ;  Universitat  Hamburg  ; 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR  (1967)    Visiting  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

JAMES  VINCENT  WEHNER  ( 1970)    Instructor  in  German 

B.A.,  Thiel  College;  MA.,  Vanderbilt  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  ( 1968 )   Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

PART-TIME  FACULTY 
JAMES  ROBERT  BAUGH  ( 1969)   Psychology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  North  Texas  State  College;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

MARJORIE  L.   BEARSS    ( 1971 )    Speech 

B.S.,  Western  Michigan  University  ;  M.A.,  Purdue  University 

ROBBIE  LLOYD  BELL   ( 1971 )    Speech 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College 

LUCY  HAMBLIN  BURNSIDE   ( 1966)    Mathematics 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University 

LOUISE  ESCUE  BYLER   ( 1956)    Music 

B.M.,  Belhaven  College;  M.M.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  DODOO,  JR.  (1970)   Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropohgy 

B.A.,  University  of  Ghana;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

DOUGLAS  O.  DRAPER  ( 1968)   Psychology 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

"On  leave,  1970-71 

121 


JO  DENT  HODGE   History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

PHILIP  KATICH  ( 1971 )    Geology 

B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

"ALVIN  JON  KING  ( 1934)   Retired  Director  of  Millsaps  Singers 

Oberlin  Conservatory  of  Music;  Northwestern  School  of  Music,  Christiansen  Choral  School ; 

Private  Study  with  W.S.B.,  Matthews,  Fannie  Zeisler,  and 

Power  Symonds  ;  HH.D.,  Millsaps  College 

JESSE  C.  LEWIS  ( 1969 )    Computer  Programming 

B.S.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  ;  Ph.D.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

JAMES  LOEWEN  ( 1971 )    Sociology 

B.A.,  Carleton  College;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

WAYNE  E.  MOORE   ( 1969 )    Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  MS.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

MORSE,  LAWRENCE  B Economics 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

SAMUEL  JOHN  NICHOLAS,  JR.  ( 1963)   Economics  and 

Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  LL.B.,  Jackson  School  of  Law 

PERRY  E.  NUSSBAUM   ( 1971 )    Religion 

B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati;  M.A.,  University  of  Colorado  ;  B.H.,  Hebrew  Union  College 

DUDLEY  F.  PEELER,  JR.  ( 1964 )   Psychology 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

MARY  PHILLIPS  ROBINSON   ( 1967)    Mathematics 

B.S.,  George  Peabody  College 

CHARLES  SEWELL  ( 1971 )   Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Emory  University 

JOHN  L.  SULLIVAN,  JR.  ( 1968)    Speech  and  Theatre 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

NANCY  BOYD  SULLIVAN  ( 1968 )   Speech  and  Theatre 

B  A.,  Millsaps  College  ;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

DENNIS  KEITH  TONKEL  ( 1971 )   Religion 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University 

LOUIS  HANNER  WATSON  ( 1971 )    Speech,  Debate  Coach 

B.S.,  Tulane  University;  J.D.,  Harvard  University 

KARL  WOLFE  ( 1946)   Art 

B.F.A.,  Chicago  Art  Institute,  William  M.R.  French  Fellowship;  Study  Abroad  for  one  year 
'Deceased,  January,  1971 


122 


LIBRARY  STAFF 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1969 )    Librarian 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966)   Catalog  Librarian 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE   (1965)    Circulation  Librarian 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  ( 1968)   Order  Librarian 

BETTY  GAIL  POORE  ( 1970)   Audio-Visual  AssistaiU 

ANNE  BARRON  SAFLEY  ( 1970)    Reference  Librarian 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER  ( 1963)   Serials  Assistant 

ANN  T.  RATCHFORD  ( 1970)   Catalog  Assistant 

MARTHA  HUMPHRIES  NEAL  (1970)    Secretary  to  the  Librarian 


STAFF  PERSONNEL 

MRS.  ERLENE  ANTHONY   ( 1960)    Manager,  Bookstore 

'MRS.  CORNELIA  BECKETT  (1960)   Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Academic  Dean 

SARA  L.  BROOKS  ( 1955 )    Assistant  Registrar 

MRS.  REBECCA  BROTHERTON  (1970)   .        Secretary  to  the  Business  Manager 

MRS.  JANE  P.  BRUNT  ( 1971 )    Receptionist  &  Clerical  Assistant 

Development  Dept.    (Alumni) 

mCKI  BUCKLES  ( 1966)    Director  of  Printing  Department 

HARVEY  CARR   ( 1966)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  MAGGIE  CATHEY  ( 1956)   Retired  Housemother 

MRS.   GRACE  COPELAND  ( 1968)    Housemother,  New  Men's  Dorm 

MRS.  SUE  J.  DALE  ( 1970)    Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Faculty 

MRS.  HELEN  DANIEL   ( 1952)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  MARY  ANN  DAVIDSON  (1965)    Assistant,  Business  Office 

"MRS.  PHYLLIS  DAY  ( 1967)    Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Director  of  Development  and 

Public  Relations 

MRS.  DORIS  DENSON   (1967)    Secretary  to  the  President 

DONNA  DREW  ( 1969 )    Secretary,  Development  Dept.  &  News 

Bureau  Assistant 

MRS.  JOHN  FENNEL  ( 1967)    College  Nurse 

MRS.  MARY  FITTS  ( 1960)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  MARY  FISACKERLY  (1969)    .    .   Housemother,  Whitworth-Sanders  Hall 

MRS.  KATHRYN  FLEMING  (1969)    Housemother,  Ezelle  Hall 

MRS.  ANN  FRANCISKATO  ( 1970)    Assistant,  Registrars  Office 

MRS.  MARTHA  GALTNEY  ( 1955)    Administrative  Assistant  of 

Student  Affairs 

MRS.  GLORIA  GARRETT  (1970)    Assistant  Secretary  —  President's 

Office  and  Dean's  Office 

CARROLL  D.  GIBSON  ( 1962)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  PAT  GRANT  ( 1971 )    Clerical  Assistant,  Development  Dept. 

(Alumni) 

123 


JOHNNY  E.  HAIRSTON  ( 1968)   Manager  Food  Service 

BOBBY  JAMES  ( 1971 )    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  CAROLYN  JOHNSON  ( 1969)   Secretary,  Associate  Dean  and 

Director  of  Admissions 

MRS.  CLAUDEAN  JUNEAU   ( 1970)    Assistant,  Business  Office 

REX  ROY  LATHAM   ( 1956)    Maintenance  Engineer 

MRS.  WARRENE  LEE  (1955)    Bookkeeper  and  Office  Manager 

MRS.  KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970)    Hostess,  Academic  Complex 

"MRS.  BETH  LEWIS  ( 1970)   Secretary  to  the  Business  Manager 

MRS.  SARAH  H.  LONG  (1969)   Recorder  of  Gifts,  Development  Dept. 

MRS.  LUCY  MAHONEY  ( 1962)   Assistant,  Bookstore 

MRS.  SALLIE  MASSEY  ( 1940)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  VIRGINIA  McCOY   ( 1966)    Switchboard  Operator 

MRS.  DOROTHY  McNAIR  ( 1964)    Retired  Housemother 

KEITH  McNEESE,  SR.   (1966)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.   SHIRLEY  MOBLEY  ( 1971)    Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

Division  Secretary 

MRS.  JEAN  NAPIER  ( 1970)   Secretary,  Business  Office 

MRS.  MARTHA  NEAL  ( 1971 )   Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

MRS.  DOROTHY  NETTLES   ( 1947 )    Cashier 

"MRS.  MARY  ELLEN  ODOM  (1966)    Secretary,  Development  Dept.  and 

News  Bureau  Assistant 

*MRS.  PAT  PARKER  ( 1970)    Assistant  Secretary  —  Dean's  Office 

and  the  President's  Office 

MRS.  WRENNA  POIRRIER  ( 1971 )    Director  of  Printing  Department 

MRS.  JOSEPH  B.  PRICE  ( 1964)    Housemother,  Bacot  Hall 

MRS.  MYRLENE  PROPST  ( 1968)   Assistant,  Registrar's  Office 

MRS.  MARY  PURVIS  ( 1969 )   Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  RANAGER  (1969)    .  .  .    Secretary,  Natural  Science  Division 

"MRS.  LINDA  RAY  ( 1966)   Receptionist  &  Clerical  Assistant 

Development  Dept.  (Alumni) 

MRS.  SUNNY  B.  READY  (1969)   Secretary,  Admissions  Counselors  Office 

MRS.  BARBARA  REEVES  ( 1970)    Clerk,  Student  Affairs 

MRS.  KATE  ROBERTSON  ( 1955)    Retired  Housemother 

MRS.  JESSIE    SMITH    ( 1939)     Dietitian 

MRS.  OUIDA  FA  YE  STRAIN  (1971)   Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Director  of  Development  and  Public 
Relations 

"MRS.  DEBORAH  TALKINGTON  (1969)   Clerical  Assistant,  Development 

Dept. 

MRS.  PAT  THORNTON  ( 1970) Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.  LENA  TOHILL  ( 1962)    Housemother,  Franklin  Hall 

MRS.  BARBARA  TRUETT  ( 1970 )   Secretary,  Purchasing  Department 

MRS.  MITTIE  C.  WELTY  ( 1959 )   Post  Office  Clerk 

"Resigned  1970-71 

124 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

President  .—William  G.  Kimbrell,  Greenville 

Vice  Presidents  Robert  E.  Blount,  Jackson 

Clay  F.  Lee,  Jackson 
Mrs.    J.    Earl   Rhea,    Jackson 

Secretary Mrs.  Joe  Stevens,  Jackson 

Annual  Fund  Chairman  .Merle  Mann,  Jackson 

Past  Presidents  Foster  E.  Collins,  Jackson 

H.  V.  Allen,  Jr.,  Jackson 
Eugene  H.  Countiss,  New  Orleans 

MILLSAPS  ASSOCIATES  OFFICERS  1970-71 

Chairman:     A.   D.   Breland,   Crystal   Springs 
Vice  Chairmen:     Edward  S.  Fleming,  Thornton 
Dr.  W.  C.  McQuinn,  Jackson 
Immediate  Past  Chairman:     Thomas  R.  Ward,  Meridian 
Secretary:     Justin  L.  Cox,  Jackson 
Area  Vice  Chairmen: 

Northeast:  Frederick  M.  Belk,  Holly  Springs 

North  Central:  William  J.  Caraway,  Leland 

Southeast:  Dr.  L.  O.  Todd,  Meridian 

Southwest:  Houston  Case,  Brookhaven 
Directors:     John  A.  Neill,  Laurel 

Steve  Burwell,  Jackson 

J.  T.  "Bud"  Young,  Maben 

Zach  Taylor,  Jr.,   Jackson 

J.  Howard  Lewis,  Greenwood 

J.  W.  Alford,  McComb 

ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 


Fall   Semester,   1970 


Men        Women       Total 


Men        Women       Total 


Freshman  131 

Sophomore     „ 120 

Junior 1 32 

Senior     1 03 

Unclassified    1 7 


Spring   Semester,   1971 

Freshman  125 

Sophomore     11.5 

Junior     130 

Senior     94 

Unclassified   21 


Total  Registration,  Regular  Session 


988 


Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance    Regular    Session 

Summer   School,    1970    541 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance    Summer    School    

Total    Number    of    Registration    1529 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance     _ 


121  252 

103  223 

97  229 

89  192 

39  56 


118  243 

90  205 

85  215 

66  160 

53  74 


861 


398 


1259 


1849 


939 


2788 


503 


485 


526 


335 


861 


449  952 


412  897 

487  1013 

265  600 

7.52  1613 


125 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

COMMENCEMENT,  MAY   30,   1970 

The  Founder's  Medal  __. Victoria  Lynn  Newcomb 

The  Bouregois  Medal Rebecca  Carol  Youngblood 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  ..Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  — _. —.Victoria  Lynn  Newcomb 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  Linda  Ruth  McCoy 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish William  Hunt  Smith,  Jr. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award — Greek  -David  Ronald  McCollum 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award — Latin  Lucy  Katherine  Hathorn 

The  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award  John  Everett  Sutphin,  Jr. 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award  John  Everett  Sutphin,  Jr. 

The  West  Tatum  Award John  Everett  Sutphin,  Jr. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award  Franklin  Earl  Chatham 

George   Rodney   Meeks 

The  General  Chemistry  Awards  _._ Hugh  West  McKinnon 

Glenn  Morris  Mills 

The  Biology  Award  Ethel  Marian  Reid 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  Jane  Louise  Woosley 

The  Junior  Mathematics  Awards  Linda  Sharon   Dorsey 

Michael   Dean   Johnson 
James  Thomas  Smith 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  James  Erik  Hearon 

The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  Gary  Hilton  Knight 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  Timothy  Wayne  Whitaker 

The  Beginning  German  Award  Victor  Ewart  Lindsay 

The  Intermediate  German  Award  Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  -Richard  Franklin  Jones,  Jr. 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellaman  Award  Ralph  Fred  Wittal,  HI 

The  Department  Award  for  Outstanding  Accounting  Major  ...James  Erik  Hearon 
The  Department  Award  for  Outstanding  Business  Administration  Majors  .... 

Paul   David   McCearley 
Gordon   Howard  Langseth 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  David  Wright  Clark 

The  American  Bible  Society  Award  — Timothy  Wayne  Whitaker 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award  -.. 

James  Erik  Hearon 

The  Undergraduate  Award  in  Analytical  Chemistry  _ John  Edward  Spencer 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology  Jeanne  Anne  Terpstra 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award  __..Sara  Elizabeth  Jordan 

The  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards  Gary  Lindley  Moore 

Harriett  Claire  Crofford 

The  Millsaps  Players  Junior  Acting  Awards Gary  Lindley  Moore 

Ann  Latham 

The  Millsaps  Players  Backstage  Award  .....Sarah  Elizabeth  Jordan 

The  Millsaps  Players  Freshman  Award  Julius  Myron  Cain 

The  Millsaps  Players  Workshop  Awards  Thomas  Randall  Dupree 

Ann  Latham 

The  Mitchell  Award  Thomas  Randall  Dupree 

The  Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award  _ Bruce  Lynn  Partin 

The  Millsaps  Players  Cameo  Award Donna  Ann  Schwaiger 

126 


9:00  A.M. 
10:00  A.M. 

8:30  A.M. 

10:55  A.M. 

5:30  P.M. 


SEVENTY-EIGHTH  COMMENCEMENT 

Saturday,  May  30,  1970 

Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees  Millsaps-Wilson   Library 

Meeting  of  Senior  Class  Christian  Center  Auditorium 

Sunday,  May  31,  1970 
The  President's  Breakfast  for  Seniors  and  their  Parents 

Baccalaureate  Service  Galloway  Mem.  United  Methodist  Church 

Graduation   Exercises   Student   Center   Plaza 


DEGREES  CONFERRED, 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


1970 


Robert  Bruce  Adams  Seabrook,  Tex. 

Phyllis  Jeanne  Alford  Jackson 

Janice  Faye  Scott  Anderson  Magnolia 

Nila  Dian  Anderson  Vicksburg 

Catherine  Nelson  Atkinson 

Baton   Rouge,   La. 

""John    Patrick   Barrett   McComb 

Linda   Nicholson    Bartling   Jackson 

Kenneth  Wayne  Barton  Jackson 

Edward   Lynn    Baucom    Jackson 

Clyde   Warren    Biddle    Greenville 

"Isabel   Orrego    Blackwell   Jackson 

Beverly    Hamilton    Brooks    Jackson 

Cynthia   Lynn    Brunson    Jackson 

Thomas    Roy    Bryant   Meridian 

Nancy  Jane   Babb  Bullens  Jackson 

Richard  Blackwood   Bundy  Benton,  Ark. 

°Joe  Goodwin  Burnett  Carthage 

Elizabeth  Lane   Campbell   West  Point 

Connie    Elliott   Cavett   Greenwood 

Margaret   Dianne    Cavin    Natchez 

°  "Franklin    Earl    Chatham    Meridian 

"David   Wright   Clark    West  Point 

Betty  Maureen  Toon   Coker  Gulfport 

Foster  Edmund  Collins,  Jr - ..Jackson 

Carol  Ann  Cook    .   Lakeland,  Fla. 

Cynthia   Robinson    Corkem   Jackson 

Eugene  Hendrix  Countiss,  Jr. 

New  Orleans,  La. 
Robert  Edwin  Cunningham,  III  ..Greenville 
"Donna  Ruth  Daniel  -.  Fayetteville,  Tenn. 
"Elizabeth   Spencer   Davis   ..Memphis,   Tenn 

Effie    Jerrelyn    Dennis    .    Ellisville 

"John   Donald   Durrett,   Jr.   West   Point 

"Betty    Viola    Elhott    Tylertown 

Richard    Horace    Elrod,    Jr.    Jackson 

Danny   Earl   Epps  Metairie,  La. 

Allan    Raley    Ewing    Vaughn 

Molly    O'Cooney    Fewel    Meridian 

Sister  Mary  Anne  Frank  Jackson 

Elizabeth   Ann    Fiirr   Tupelo 

"Brenda    Joyce   Caddy   Rolling    Fork 

Andrew  Franklin  Gallman,  H 

Wilmore,   Ky. 

Thomas    Henry    Gerald    Leiand 

"Peggy    Jo    Gillon    Jackson 

Gray   Christopher   Ginn Jackson 

Larry    Martin    Goodpaster    Senatobia 

Jeannie    John    Gouras    Jackson 

Stanley     Graham     Jackson 

Russell     Kem     Hackman     Biloxi 

John  William  Hall  Jackson 

John    Hamlin    Harper    Crosby 

Phillis    Morgan    Harris    Gary 

Cathy    Chance    Harvey    Tylertown 

James    Erik   Hearon   Jackson 

Robert    Frank    Hester    Greenwood 

Harry    Lee    Hctherington    Jackson 

Madeline    Gail    Hunecke    Decatur,    Ga. 

William    Russell    Ingram,    III    Jackson 

Catherine    Ritchie    Johnson     Jackson 

Coela    Sandra    Jordan    Greenville 

"Paul    Rorgers    Jordan   Jackson 

Sara    Elizabeth    Jordan    Purvis 

Rebecca     Kelly     Collins 

Gary    Hilton    Knight    Jackson 

Gordon   Howard    Langseth 

Arlington   Hts.,   III. 


"Julia  Caroline  Laney  Memphis,  Tenn. 

"Clyde    Wain    Lea    Aberdeen 

Susan     Collins     Logan Oxford 

Dianne   McGovern  Kansas   City,  Mo. 

"Nancy  Caroline   Massey  ..Little  Rock,  Ark. 

Will    Lee    Mayo    Raymond 

Mary    Lawrence    Gervin    Morris    Jackson 

Andrew    Poindexter    MuUins,    Jr.    Macon 

"Ginger    Murphree    Aberdeen 

Annie     Byrnes     Murphy     Cleveland 

Kathryn    Margaret    Murray Hattiesburg 

June    Carmen    Myers    Jackson 

"Bobbie   Cecile   Nabors    Jackson 

Kathleen     Ann     Neil     Jackson 

"Deborah   Diane   Nelson   Yazoo    City 

"""Victoria    Lynn    Newcomb    Jackson 

Bradley  James  Parker  Long  Beach 

"Mary  Dianne   Partridge Meridian 

Charles    Franklin    Payne McComb 

"Mary   Elizabeth  Hood  Perry  ...  Hattiesburg 

Richard    Lee    Perry    Philadelphia 

Mary    Lucinda    Pharis    Meridian 

Barry     Kyle    Plunkett    Tupelo 

Jerome     Brian     Price     Columbus 

Dorothy     Frances     Purvis     Petal 

Carol   Lynnelle   Quinn   Yazoo   City 

Joseph    Patrick    Quinn    Meridian 

Stephen    Charles    Rasor    Ocean    Springs 

Susan   Kunzelman  Rasor  Dickson,  Tenn. 

Janet     Smith     Richardson     Brookhaven 

Naomi    Anthony    Tattis    Ridgway    Jackson 

Gwendolyn    Tru    Rodgers    Carthage 

"Gayie    Biedenham    Russell    Vicksburg 

Margaret    Anne    Sample   Verona 

Thomas    William    Schulte    Trenton,    111. 

Kathleen    Pope    Sharp    Jackson 

Charles    Morris    Shields    Grenada 

Lynn  Edwin  Shurley,  Jr.  Meridian 

"Edward   Harmon   Simpson,   III   Winona 

William    Mohler   Simpson    Sumner 

Joan  Hayles   Smith    Ft.   Walton   Beach,  Fla. 

Lillie  Ernestine  Smith Jackson 

Ellen  Ferrell  Tate  Tupelo 

Jeanne  Anne  Terjjstra Jackson 

"Mary  Ann  Timmis  Jackson 

Susan  Bradshaw  Tucker Jackson 

"Pamela   Duke   Upshaw  Ocean   Springs 

Sandra    Gray    Walker Laurel 

Robert    Fletcher    Ward    Meridian 

"""Timothy    Wayne    Whitaker    __  Redwood 
""Lois  Elizabeth  McMurtray  White 

Indianola 

Patricia    Lefoldt    Wicker    Jackson 

John    Larry    Wilkerson    Gulfport 

Betty    Ann    Williams    Meridian 

Deborah   Ann  Williams  Jackson,  Tenn. 

Delos     Cassels    Wilson     Summit 

Raymond    Henry    Wolter,    Jr.    Grenada 

Jonelle  Nicholas   Wooldridge     ..Friars  Point 
"Claudine   Wine   Wortham 

Elizabethtowy,   Ky. 
Charles    Alexander    Wright 

Westwood,   N.   J. 
Betty   Susan  Tumage  Wrighton  ...  Aberdeen 

Jeff    Milton    Yarborough Raymond 

Ronald     Alton     Yarbrough     Jackson 

"•William    Gerald    Young    Greenville 

Bobby    Jane    Zickler    Killen,    Ala. 


127 


DEGREES  CONFERRED,  1970 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Carolyn    Biedenham    Boyd    Clinton 

Fritz    Clayton    Breland    Pascagoula 

°Zach  Therrell  Buckalew,  III  ..Pinevile,  La. 

Charles     Clark,    Jr.     Jackson 

Frank    Dee    Conerly,    Jr.    ._.. __Jackson 

Carol    Beth    Ely    Jackson 

William     Strebelle     Ezelle     Jackson 

Joel    Ray    Flynt    D'Lo 

John    Mitchel    Ford,    Jr.    Baldwyn 

Linda  Kay  Hall  Gelberman  Pascagoula 

Don   Albert   Gibson   Jackson 

John    Eudy    Hamby Itta    Bena 

Michael    Patrick    Hughes    Jackson 

Langford    Ladell     Knight    ._.. Meridian 

Karen   Anne   Krause   Jackson 


"Mack    Alan    Land    DeKalb 

Patricia    Gay    Lesh    _._ Jackson,    Tenn. 

John    Joseph    Logan,    Jr.    Newton 

Paul     Davis     McCearley     Prentiss 

Pressley  Clinton  Mclnnis,  Jr.  ....Yazoo  City 
"Ray  Atward  McMillian,  III  ...  Brookhaven 
George  Rodney  Meeks    .Coral  Gables,  Fla. 

"Joyce   Robinson    Morrison    Fulton 

Kenneth     Lewis     Morrison     Meridian 

"Lena     Jane     Moseley     Tupelo 

'Kenneth  Stephen  Reed Tupelo 

Ethel    Marian    Reid    Jackson 

Elisabeth   Wallace   Schonlau  Monroe,   La. 

°°John  Everett  Sutphin,  Jr State  College 

David    James    Walker    ...Jackson 

Robert    Larry    Williams    Brookhaven 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 


"Patti    Ann    McCarty    Magee 

David   Paul    Stokes,    Jr.    Pascagoula 


"Ralph  Fred  Wittal,  III 
Jane     Allen    WooUey     ... 


Gulfport 

Brookhaven 


"Cum  Laude 
""Magna  Cirm   Laude 
"""Summa   Cum   Laude 


128 


INDEX 


Page 
A 

Academic  Calendar  132 

Activity  Groups  ___ 110 

Administration,  Officers   of  116 

Administrative   Staff  116 

Admission,   Application  for  12 

Admission   Requirements    9 

Advanced   Placement   11 

Advanced  Standing  10 

Alumni  Association,  Officers  of  —.125 

Application  for  a  degree  36 

Athletics     1 05 

Athletic   Facilities   105 

Attendance  Regulations  100 

Automatic    Exclusion    99 

B 

Behavior  of  Students  101 

Board   of   Trustees   114 

Bobashela  106 

Buildings   and  Grounds   8 

Business   Intern  Program  48 


Page 

Departments  of  Instruction  49 

Ancient  Languages  50 

Art    52 

Biology  53 

Chemistry     55 

Economics  and  Business 

Administration   57 

Education     60 

English  62 

Geology    64 

German 67 

History   _.  69 

Mathematics     71 

Music    ____  73 

Philosophy   76 

Physical  Education  77 

Physics  and  Astronomy  79 

Political   Science   — -  81 

Psychology  83 

Religion    85 

Romance    Languages    87 

Sociology  and  Anthropology  — _  90 

Speech  and  Theatre  92 

Dining  Facilities  14 


Change  of  Schedule  — .  99 

Class  Standing  96 

Commencement,  1970  126;   127 

Comprehensive   Examinations   35 

Convocation  Series  104 

Cooperative  Programs  —-44;  48 

Counseling  Program  12 

D 

Dean's   List   98 

Debate    107 

Degrees,  Conferred  1970  127 


Educational  Certification 

Programs     40-44 

Engineering   -  44 

English  Proficiency  Requirement  ..  33 

Enrollment    Statistics    125 

Examination 

Requirements  35 

Comprehensive    35 

Exemption  of  Seniors  101 

Extra-Curricular    Credits    —  34 


Faculty    _-_ 117-122 

Fees    16 


129 


Page 

Financial  Aid 19;  29 

Fraternities     109 

Financial  Regulations     18 

G 

General  Fee  17 

Grading  System  96 

Graduation  with   Distinction  97 

Gulf  Coast  Research 

Laboratory    48;  50 

H 

Heritage  Program  32 

History  of  the   College   — 6 

Honor  Societies  107 

Honors    Program    46;  97 

Hours  Permitted  98 

Housing   of  Students    13 

I 

Intercollegiate  Athletics  105 

Intramural  Athletics  105 

K 

Kellogg  Collection   __ ._. ..'   8 

L 

Legislative  Intern  Program  48 

Library  8 

Loan  Funds  28 

London  Semester 47 

M 

Majors    34 

Medals   and  Prizes   110 

Medical  Services 14 

Medical  Technology  45 

130 


Page 
Millsaps  Associates,  Officers  of  ....125 
Miscellaneous  Fees  17 

N 
Non-Departmental   Courses   50 

P 

Players,    Millsaps    106 

Probation    100 

Publications,    Student  106 

Purple   and   White   106 

0 

Quality    Points    35;   96 

R 

Religious  Activities  104 

Reports  to  Parents   98 

Requirements  for 

Degrees    32;  33;  36 

Residence    Requirements    33 

S 

Scholarships   _  19 

Competitive   19 

Endowed    21 

Institutional    20 

Sponsored     26 

Singers,    Millsaps    106 

Sororities    ....109 

Special  Programs  46-48 

Special  Student    10;   17 

Staff  Personnel   123 

Student  Association  .107 

Student  Center    14 

Student  Organizations    107 

Study  Abroad   48 


Page 

Stylus    106 

Suggested  Degree  Programs 

B.A.   Degree    —  36 

B.S.   Degree     37 

B.M.   Degree    37 

Applied  Music  B.A.   38 

Pre-Medica]  and  Pre-Dental  ....  38 

Pre-Seminary    39 

Pre-Law   39 

Pre-Social  Work   40 

Teachers    40-44 


Page 
T 

Traditional   Program   32 

Troubadours 106 

Tuition   16 

U 
United    Nations    Semester    47 

W 

Washington  Semester  46 

Withdrawal    -  99 


131 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 
EIGHTIETH  YEAR 

1971-72 


June  5 
June  7 
July  10 
July  12 
August  14 


SUMMER  SESSION  1971 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Begin 
Final  Examinations,  First  Term 
Second  Term  Classes  Begin 
Final  Examinations,  Second  Term 


August  29 

August  30 

August  31 

September  1 

September  2 

September  18 

October  22 

November  24 

November  29 

December   10 

December  13,  14,  16,  17  18 

December  18 


FALL  SESSION 

Dormitories  Open  for  Students,   10  a.m. 
Orientation  of  Freshman  Students 
Orientation  of  Transfer  Students 
Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
Last  Day  for  Changes  of  Schedule 
End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Thanksgiving  Holidays  Begin,  Noon 
Thanksgiving  Holidays  End,  8:00  a.m. 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Final  Examinations,  First  Semester 
(December  15  not  included) 
First  Semester  Ends 


January  19 

January  20 

February  5 

March  10 

March  31 

April  10 

April  24-28 

May  10 

May  12,   13,  15,   16,   17 

May  21 


SPRING  SESSION 

Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
Last  Day  for  Changes  of  Schedule 
End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Spring  Holidays  Begin,  Noon 
Spring  Holidays  End,  8:00  a.m. 
Comprehensive  Examinations 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Final  Examinations,  Second  Semester 
Commencement  Day 


June  5 
June  5 
July  4 
July  8 
July  10 
August  12 


SUMMER  SESSION  1972 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Begin 

Holiday 

Final  Examinations,  First  Term 

Second  Term  Classes  Begin 

Final  Examinations,  Second  Term 


132